# Simplified Chinese translation to dpkg-man.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
#
# Copyrights:
# Zhou Mo <cdluminate@gmail.com>, 2014.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.21\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-26 19:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-19 22:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zhou Mo <cdluminate@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (simplified) <debian-l10n-chinese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb"
msgstr "deb"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-05-24"
msgstr "2014-05-24"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:21 deb-control.5:22 deb-src-control.5:20 deb-split.5:18
#: deb-version.5:20 deb-old.5:20 deb-origin.5:19 deb-override.5:19
#: deb-extra-override.5:18 deb-shlibs.5:19 deb-substvars.5:20 deb-symbols.5:18
#: deb-triggers.5:19 dpkg.1:26 dpkg-architecture.1:21 dpkg.cfg.5:19
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:20 dpkg-buildpackage.1:22 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19 dpkg-deb.1:21 dpkg-divert.8:21 dpkg-genchanges.1:21
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21 dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:19
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18 dpkg-name.1:19 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22
#: dpkg-query.1:21 dpkg-scanpackages.1:21 dpkg-scansources.1:20
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 dpkg-source.1:23 dpkg-split.1:19 dpkg-trigger.1:18
#: dpkg-vendor.1:18 dselect.1:22 dselect.cfg.5:19 start-stop-daemon.8:23
#: update-alternatives.8:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Debian Project"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:21 deb-control.5:22 deb-src-control.5:20 deb-split.5:18
#: deb-version.5:20 deb-old.5:20 deb-origin.5:19 dselect.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Debian"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:22 deb-control.5:23 deb-src-control.5:21 deb-split.5:19
#: deb-version.5:21 deb-old.5:21 deb-origin.5:20 deb-override.5:20
#: deb-extra-override.5:19 deb-shlibs.5:20 deb-substvars.5:21 deb-symbols.5:19
#: deb-triggers.5:20 dpkg.1:27 dpkg-architecture.1:22 dpkg.cfg.5:20
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:21 dpkg-buildpackage.1:23 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:20 dpkg-deb.1:22 dpkg-divert.8:22 dpkg-genchanges.1:22
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:22 dpkg-gensymbols.1:21 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:20
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:19 dpkg-name.1:20 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:23
#: dpkg-query.1:22 dpkg-scanpackages.1:22 dpkg-scansources.1:21
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:23 dpkg-source.1:24 dpkg-split.1:20 dpkg-statoverride.8:20
#: dpkg-trigger.1:19 dpkg-vendor.1:19 dselect.1:23 dselect.cfg.5:20
#: start-stop-daemon.8:24 update-alternatives.8:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "名称"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:24
msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
msgstr "deb - Debian 二进制包格式"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:24 deb-control.5:26 deb-src-control.5:24 deb-split.5:21
#: deb-version.5:24 deb-old.5:24 deb-origin.5:22 deb-override.5:23
#: deb-extra-override.5:22 deb-substvars.5:24 deb-symbols.5:22
#: deb-triggers.5:23 dpkg.1:30 dpkg-architecture.1:25 dpkg-buildflags.1:24
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:26 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 dpkg-distaddfile.1:23
#: dpkg-deb.1:25 dpkg-divert.8:25 dpkg-genchanges.1:25 dpkg-gencontrol.1:25
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:24 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:23 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:22
#: dpkg-name.1:23 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 dpkg-query.1:25
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:25 dpkg-scansources.1:24 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:26
#: dpkg-source.1:27 dpkg-split.1:23 dpkg-statoverride.8:23 dpkg-trigger.1:22
#: dpkg-vendor.1:22 dselect.1:26 start-stop-daemon.8:27
#: update-alternatives.8:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "概要"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:26 deb-split.5:23 deb-old.5:26
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:26 deb-control.5:29 deb-src-control.5:27 deb-split.5:23
#: deb-version.5:26 deb-old.5:27 deb-origin.5:24 deb-override.5:26
#: deb-extra-override.5:25 deb-shlibs.5:23 deb-substvars.5:27 deb-symbols.5:25
#: deb-triggers.5:26 dpkg.1:44 dpkg-architecture.1:30 dpkg.cfg.5:23
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:28 dpkg-buildpackage.1:30 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 dpkg-deb.1:29 dpkg-divert.8:30 dpkg-genchanges.1:30
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:29 dpkg-gensymbols.1:28 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:39
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:26 dpkg-name.1:29 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:30
#: dpkg-query.1:29 dpkg-scanpackages.1:33 dpkg-scansources.1:32
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:30 dpkg-source.1:31 dpkg-split.1:27 dpkg-statoverride.8:27
#: dpkg-trigger.1:29 dpkg-vendor.1:26 dselect.1:30 dselect.cfg.5:23
#: start-stop-daemon.8:31 update-alternatives.8:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "描述"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:32
msgid ""
"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
"understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
"and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb> 格式是 Debian 的二进制软件包文件格式。此类文件被 dpkg 0.93.76 以上的"
"版本支持，自 dpkg 1.2.0 和 dpkg 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)之后，它也作为默认"
"的生成文件格式。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:36
msgid ""
"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)."
msgstr ""
"此处描述的格式在 Debian 0.93 之后启用；关于这个旧版格式的细节，请参见 B<deb-"
"old>(5)。"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:36 deb-split.5:26 deb-old.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr "格式"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:46
msgid ""
"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>.  Only "
"the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
"extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
"limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed).  File sizes are "
"limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
"MiB member files."
msgstr ""
"此类文件是带有体系结构 B<!E<lt>archE<gt>> 魔数(magic value)的 B<ar> 归档。仅"
"有通用 B<ar> 归档格式被支持，亦即，无长文件名扩展，但文件名可以选择尾缀一个斜"
"杠(/)，从而将文件名长度限制为15字符（总共允许16字符）。文件大小限制为10个 "
"ASCII 十进制数字，这使得最大可容纳 9536.74 MiB 的成员文件。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:52
msgid ""
"The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
"pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style long "
"pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and the POSIX "
"ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0).  Unrecognized tar "
"typeflags are considered an error."
msgstr ""
"当前可用的 B<tar> 归档版本有，旧版(v7)、pre-POSIX ustar 版本，这是一个GNU格式"
"的子集（只有自 dpkg 1.4.1.17 之后，新版长路径名和长链接名才被支持），以及 "
"POSIX ustar 格式（自 dpkg 1.15.0 后支持长名称）。不被识别的 tar 类型标志将会"
"导致错误。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:62
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written.  Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"the case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:67
msgid ""
"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
"(except at the end), as described below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:80
msgid ""
"The second required member is named B<control.tar>.  It is a tar archive "
"containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
"since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
"(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), as a series of plain files, "
"of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
"information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for `B<.>', "
"the current directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:89
msgid ""
"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>.  It contains the "
"filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
"1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
"extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, "
"supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported "
"since dpkg 1.13.25)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:104
msgid ""
"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>.  Further members may be "
"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
"Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-binary> "
"and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely ignored "
"by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:110
msgid ""
"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
"before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
"increased."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "MEDIA TYPE"
msgstr "媒体类型"

#. type: SS
#: deb.5:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "Current"
msgstr "Current"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:113
msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
msgstr "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"

#. type: SS
#: deb.5:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "Deprecated"
msgstr "Deprecated"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:115
msgid "application/x-debian-package"
msgstr "application/x-debian-package"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:117
msgid "application/x-deb"
msgstr "application/x-deb"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:117 deb-control.5:288 deb-src-control.5:373 deb-split.5:67
#: deb-version.5:131 deb-old.5:70 deb-origin.5:56 deb-override.5:66
#: deb-extra-override.5:54 deb-shlibs.5:66 deb-substvars.5:168
#: deb-symbols.5:88 deb-triggers.5:105 dpkg.1:894 dpkg-architecture.1:313
#: dpkg.cfg.5:41 dpkg-buildpackage.1:383 dpkg-deb.1:308 dpkg-divert.8:153
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:487 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:250 dpkg-name.1:109
#: dpkg-query.1:294 dpkg-scanpackages.1:118 dpkg-scansources.1:90
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:364 dpkg-source.1:775 dpkg-split.1:234
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:103 dpkg-trigger.1:87 dpkg-vendor.1:65 dselect.1:469
#: dselect.cfg.5:41 update-alternatives.8:513
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "参考"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:120
msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-control.5:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"

#. type: TH
#: deb-control.5:22 deb-src-control.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-12-20"
msgstr "2013-12-20"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:25
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "deb-control - Debian 软件包的主控文件格式"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:28 deb-src-control.5:26
msgid "control"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:43
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
"followed by a colon, and the body of the field.  Fields are delimited only "
"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
"below)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-control.5:44 deb-origin.5:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "必填字段"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:>I< package-name>"
msgstr "B<Package:>I< package-name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:49
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:>I< version-string>"
msgstr "B<Version:>I< version-string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:56
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described "
"in B<deb-version>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< fullname-email>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:61
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"the software that was packaged."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:>I< short-description>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:64
msgid "B< >I<long-description>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:70
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
"contain a single '.' following the preceding space."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-control.5:71 deb-origin.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "选填字段"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:72 deb-src-control.5:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:>I< section>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:77
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"`text', `x11' etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:77 deb-src-control.5:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:81
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole.  "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:90 deb-src-control.5:135
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual.  A list of these values can be "
"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:90 deb-src-control.5:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:97
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed "
"(at least not without using one of the force options)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:105
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture "
"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:105 deb-src-control.5:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:108
msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:108 deb-src-control.5:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:113
msgid ""
"The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
"format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:113 deb-src-control.5:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:116
msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:116 deb-src-control.5:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
"list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:120 deb-src-control.5:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:133
msgid ""
"This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
"arch installations. The value B<same> means that the package is co-"
"installable with itself, but it must not be used to satisfy the dependency "
"of any package of a different architecture from itself. The value B<foreign> "
"means that the package is not co-installable with itself, but should be "
"allowed to satisfy the dependency of a package of a different arch from "
"itself. The value B<allowed> allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in "
"their Depends field that they accept a package from a foreign architecture, "
"but has no effect otherwise.  The value B<no> is the default when the field "
"is omitted, in which case adding the field with an explicit B<no> value is "
"generally not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:>I< source-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:137
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:138 deb-src-control.5:262
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:140 deb-src-control.5:264
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:142 deb-src-control.5:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:148 deb-src-control.5:272
msgid ""
"These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed.  "
"See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the B<debian-"
"installer> package for more details about them."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:149 deb-src-control.5:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:160
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options).  In an "
"installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields are "
"run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, in a "
"removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the packages "
"listed in its Depends: field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:160 deb-src-control.5:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:167
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"requires another package for running its preinst script."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:167 deb-src-control.5:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:174
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:174 deb-src-control.5:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"reasonable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:191
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
"version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:197
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than "
"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:197 deb-src-control.5:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:205
msgid ""
"Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
"named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
"allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
"upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:205 deb-src-control.5:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:213
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:213 deb-src-control.5:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:221
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:221 deb-src-control.5:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:231
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service.  For "
"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. "
"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate "
"the list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:250
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list "
"of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace).  In the "
"B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. An "
"optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the "
"B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-control.5:251 deb-src-control.5:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:261
msgid ""
"This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of "
"this binary package.  This is an indication to the archive maintenance "
"software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary "
"package is maintained.  This field must be a list of source package names "
"with strict (=)  version relationships.  Note that the archive maintenance "
"software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a B<Built-"
"Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-control.5:262 deb-src-control.5:334 deb-origin.5:50
#: start-stop-daemon.8:354
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "示例"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:285
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
"Section: base\n"
"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
"Architecture: sparc\n"
"Version: 2.4-1\n"
"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
"Provides: rgrep\n"
"Conflicts: rgrep\n"
"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:293
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-src-control.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-src-control"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:23
msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
msgstr "deb-src-control - Debian 源代码包的主控文件格式"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:45
msgid ""
"Each Debian source package contains the master \"control\" file, which "
"contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first "
"paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while "
"each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each "
"paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, "
"such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, "
"the body of the field and a newline.  Multi-line fields are also allowed, "
"but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least "
"one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a "
"single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, "
"see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot "
"after the space. Lines starting with a B<'#'> are treated as comments."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-src-control.5:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
msgstr "源码相关字段"

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:54
msgid ""
"The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
"the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
"must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
"minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
"characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:60
msgid ""
"Should be in the format \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\", and "
"references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
"author of the software or the original packager."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:66
msgid ""
"Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
"the same format as the Maintainer field. Multiple co-maintainers should be "
"separated by a comma."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:73
msgid ""
"This documents the most recent version of the standards (which consists of "
"the Debian Policy Manual and referenced texts from the B<debian-policy> "
"package) this package complies to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:77
msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:83
msgid ""
"The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
"format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
"org>. This field is usually not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Git:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:105
msgid ""
"The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
"package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, "
"B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). "
"Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the "
"main branch or the trunk."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:110
msgid ""
"The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:115
msgid ""
"The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is "
"usually not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:121
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are \"utils\", \"net\", "
"\"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\", etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:126
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole.  "
"Common priorities are \"required\", \"standard\", \"optional\", \"extra\", "
"etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:143
msgid ""
"A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
"build the source package. Including a dependency in this list has the same "
"effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
"Indep>, with the additional effect of being used for source-only builds."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I< package list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:151
msgid ""
"Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
"architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
"this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with "
"older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:157
msgid ""
"Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
"architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
"in this case."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:166
msgid ""
"A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
"for example because they interfere with the build system used.  Including a "
"dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
"Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
"being used for source-only builds."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< package list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:173
msgid ""
"Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
"dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
"build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:178
msgid ""
"Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
"independent packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:192
msgid ""
"The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
"Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
"group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or \"pipe\") symbols, "
"\"|\". The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as \"AND\", "
"and pipes as \"OR\", with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is "
"optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses, an "
"architecture specification in square brackets, and a restriction formula "
"consisting of one or more lists of profile names in angle brackets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:204
msgid ""
"The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
"Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
"the comma is read as an \"AND\". Specifying alternative packages using a "
"\"pipe\" is not supported.  Each package name is optionally followed by a "
"version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
"in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
"lists of profile names in angle brackets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:210
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than "
"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:214
msgid ""
"An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
"separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
"names, meaning \"NOT\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:220
msgid ""
"A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
"by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in "
"the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
"can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning \"NOT\". A restriction "
"formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:225
msgid ""
"Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
"omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
"list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-src-control.5:227
#, no-wrap
msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
msgstr "二进制相关字段"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:236
msgid ""
"Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
"a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:241
msgid ""
"This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as "
"to a source package name apply."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:255
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
"packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
"that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
"documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
"set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
"It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see B<dpkg-"
"architecture>(1)  for more information about them)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-src-control.5:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:261
msgid ""
"This field defines the type of the package. \"udeb\" is for size-constrained "
"packages used by the debian installer. \"deb\" is the default value, it's "
"assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:279
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:285
msgid ""
"These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5)  manual page, as they "
"are copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: deb-src-control.5:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:312
msgid ""
"These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
"the B<deb-control>(5)  manpage and in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-src-control.5:313
#, no-wrap
msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
msgstr "用户自定义字段"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:328
msgid ""
"It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The "
"tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to "
"the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom "
"naming scheme: the fields should start with a X, followed by one or more of "
"the letters BCS and a hypen. If the letter B is used, the field will appear "
"in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-control>(5), for the "
"letter S in the source package control file as constructed by B<dpkg-"
"source>(1)  and for the letter C in the upload control (.changes) file. Note "
"that the X[BCS]- prefixes are stripped when the fields are copied over to "
"the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as B<Approved-By> in "
"the changes file and will not appear in the binary or source package control "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:333
msgid ""
"Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
"namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
"recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
"fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:350
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Comment\n"
"Source: dpkg\n"
"Section: admin\n"
"Priority: required\n"
"Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n"
"# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
"XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
"Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
"Vcs-Browser: https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
"Vcs-Git: git://anonscm.debian.org/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
"Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
"Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n"
" libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:369
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: dpkg-dev\n"
"Section: utils\n"
"Priority: optional\n"
"Architecture: all\n"
"# this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
"XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
"Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
" bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
"Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
"Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
"Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n"
"Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n"
"Description: Debian package development tools\n"
" This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
" required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
" .\n"
" Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
" for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-src-control.5:376
msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-split.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-split"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-split.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-04-09"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:21
msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
msgstr "deb-split - 分割的多块 Debian 二进制软件包格式"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:26
msgid ""
"The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
"pieces to ease transport in small media."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:29
msgid ""
"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>.  The "
"file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:32
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
"separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: deb-split.5:32 deb-split.5:35 deb-split.5:37 deb-split.5:39 deb-split.5:41
#: deb-split.5:43 deb-split.5:45 deb-split.5:48 dpkg-gensymbols.1:38
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:40 dpkg-gensymbols.1:42 dpkg-gensymbols.1:44
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:344 dpkg-gensymbols.1:350 dpkg-gensymbols.1:384
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:388 dpkg-gensymbols.1:391
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\(bu"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:35
msgid ""
"The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:37
msgid "The package name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:39
msgid "The package version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:41
msgid "The md5sum of the package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:43
msgid "The total size of the package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:45
msgid "The maximum part size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:48
msgid ""
"The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
"(as in \\(oq1/10\\(cq)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:50
msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:54
msgid ""
"Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
"format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
"and should ignore these if this is the case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:59
msgid ""
"If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
"been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
"should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
"in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:62
msgid ""
"The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
"the part number. It contains the raw part data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:67
msgid ""
"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
"ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>.  Further members may be "
"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:69
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-version.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-version"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-version.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-04-02"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:23
msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
msgstr "deb-version - Debian 软件包版本号格式"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:26
msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:29
msgid ""
"Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
"three components. These are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-version.5:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<epoch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:35
msgid ""
"This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer.  It may be omitted, in "
"which case zero is assumed.  If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
"may not contain any colons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:39
msgid ""
"It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
"a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
"left behind."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-version.5:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<upstream-version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:49
msgid ""
"This is the main part of the version number.  It is usually the version "
"number of the original (\"upstream\")  package from which the I<.deb> file "
"has been made, if this is applicable.  Usually this will be in the same "
"format as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to "
"be reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
"comparison scheme."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:54
msgid ""
"The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
"I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
"the version number is mandatory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:63
msgid ""
"The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") and "
"the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, "
"tilde) and should start with a digit.  If there is no I<debian-revision> "
"then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not "
"allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-version.5:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<debian-revision>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:72
msgid ""
"This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
"based on the upstream version.  It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
"characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
"same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:79
msgid ""
"It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
"contain a hyphen.  This format represents the case where a piece of software "
"was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
"only one \"debianisation\" of it and therefore no revision indication is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:83
msgid ""
"It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at '1' each time time "
"the I<upstream-version> is increased."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:91
msgid ""
"Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
"(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
"revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
"presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
"significant part of the version number)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: deb-version.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sorting algorithm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:95
msgid ""
"The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
"package management system using the same algorithm:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:97
msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:107
msgid ""
"First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
"characters is determined.  These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
"compared lexically.  If a difference is found it is returned.  The lexical "
"comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
"sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
"anything, even the end of a part.  For example, the following parts are in "
"sorted order: '~~', '~~a', '~', the empty part, 'a'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:115
msgid ""
"Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
"entirely of digit characters is determined.  The numerical values of these "
"two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
"of the comparison.  For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
"at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:119
msgid ""
"These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
"initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
"strings are exhausted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:127
msgid ""
"Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
"version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
"scheme changes.  It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
"containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
"interpret (such as 'ALPHA' or 'pre-'), or with silly orderings."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-version.5:127 dpkg-architecture.1:310 dpkg-buildpackage.1:365
#: dpkg-deb.1:286 dpkg-divert.8:119 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:131
msgid ""
"The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
"dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
"it later in the 1.10.x series."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:134
msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-old.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-old"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-old.5:20 deb-override.5:19 deb-symbols.5:18 dpkg-divert.8:21
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18 dpkg-scansources.1:20 dpkg-trigger.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "2011-08-14"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:23
msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:36
msgid ""
"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
"B<deb>(5)  for details of the new format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:40
msgid ""
"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
"concatenated gzipped ustar files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:44
msgid ""
"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:47
msgid ""
"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
"length of the first gzipped tarfile."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:49
msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:54
msgid ""
"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:65
msgid ""
"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:69
msgid ""
"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
"pathnames do not have leading slashes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:73
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-origin.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-origin"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-origin.5:19 dpkg-vendor.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "2011-11-10"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:22
msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:24
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/origins/>I<filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:33
msgid ""
"The files in B</etc/dpkg/origins> can provide information about various "
"vendors who are providing Debian packages. They contain a number of fields, "
"or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>.  Each field begins with a tag, "
"such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, followed by a colon and the body of the "
"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the tools will join lines when "
"processing the body of the field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-origin.5:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vendor:>I< vendor-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:37
msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-origin.5:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Vendor-URL:>I< vendor-url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:41
msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-origin.5:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Bugs:>I< bug-url>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:46
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
"system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
"debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-origin.5:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Parent:>I< vendor-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:50
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
"vendor derives from."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:55
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Vendor: Debian\n"
"Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
"Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-origin.5:57
msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-override.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-override"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-override.5:19 deb-extra-override.5:18 deb-shlibs.5:19
#: deb-substvars.5:20 deb-symbols.5:18 deb-triggers.5:19
#: dpkg-architecture.1:21 dpkg-buildpackage.1:22 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19 dpkg-divert.8:21 dpkg-genchanges.1:21
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21 dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 dpkg-name.1:19
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22 dpkg-scanpackages.1:21 dpkg-scansources.1:20
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 dpkg-source.1:23 dpkg-split.1:19 dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#: start-stop-daemon.8:23 update-alternatives.8:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:22
msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:25 deb-extra-override.5:24
msgid "override"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:31
msgid ""
"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
"some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
"maintainer in order to offer some global consistency.  This information is "
"found in the override file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:35
msgid ""
"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:41
msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:46
msgid ""
"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:52
msgid ""
"I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
"available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:60
msgid ""
"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an "
"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> "
"to perform a substitution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:65
msgid ""
"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:72
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</"
"usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-extra-override.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-extra-override"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-extra-override.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "2009-08-16"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:21
msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:29
msgid ""
"While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
"control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
"Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:33
msgid ""
"The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
"are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:38
msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:42
msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:48
msgid ""
"I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden.  I<value> is the "
"value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no "
"more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:53
msgid ""
"The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
"found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:57
msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-shlibs.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-shlibs"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-shlibs.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-02-08"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:22
msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:32
msgid ""
"B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>)  to "
"dependencies suitable for a package control file.  There is one entry per "
"line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed.  Lines beginning with an B<#> "
"character are considered commentary, and are ignored.  All other lines must "
"have the format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:37
msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:41
msgid ""
"The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
"I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line.  The I<type> field is "
"optional and normally not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:45
msgid ""
"The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
"binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5).  See also the Debian Policy "
"Manual for further details."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-shlibs.5:46 deb-symbols.5:70 dpkg.1:825 dpkg-architecture.1:231
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:410 dpkg-divert.8:132 dpkg-name.1:88
#: update-alternatives.8:486
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:55
msgid ""
"The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
"provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:57
msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:65
msgid ""
"The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
"added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
"added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>.  This is not the only reason the "
"dependencies might need to be tightened; again, see the Debian Policy Manual "
"for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:69
msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-substvars.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-substvars.5:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "2009-07-15"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:23
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:26
msgid "substvars"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:37
msgid ""
"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>)  they "
"perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:44
msgid ""
"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>.  Variable "
"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an "
"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are "
"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look "
"for more substitutions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:51
msgid ""
"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<"
"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:56
msgid ""
"While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
"fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
"yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
"and B<Architecture> fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:63
msgid ""
"Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
"been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
"do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
"when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
"set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
"field:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Description: foo application\n"
"  ${Description}\n"
"  .\n"
"  More text.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:70
msgid "It will result in:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:76
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Description: foo application\n"
"  foo is bar.\n"
"  foo is great.\n"
"  .\n"
"  More text.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:89
msgid ""
"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
"I<name>B<=>I<value>.  Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and "
"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:91
msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:95
msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:95 dpkg-query.1:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<source:Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:98 dpkg-buildpackage.1:279
msgid "The source package version."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:102
msgid ""
"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
"any."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<binary:Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:106
msgid ""
"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU "
"for example)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source-Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:111
msgid ""
"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the "
"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:120
msgid ""
"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of "
"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
"debian/tmp> to find the default value."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:129
msgid ""
"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
"B<Installed-Size> control file field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:136
msgid ""
"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
"on places where they are expanded explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:146
msgid ""
"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
"field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:149
msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:153
msgid ""
"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:156
msgid "The upstream version of dpkg."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:159
msgid "The full version of dpkg."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:162
msgid ""
"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
"empty value is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-substvars.5:163 dpkg.1:781 dpkg-architecture.1:210 dpkg.cfg.5:30
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:396 dpkg-distaddfile.1:57 dpkg-divert.8:109
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:165 dpkg-gencontrol.1:148 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:193
#: dpkg-split.1:216 dpkg-statoverride.8:93 dselect.cfg.5:30
#: update-alternatives.8:386
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:167
msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:175
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-"
"shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-symbols.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:21
msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:24
msgid "symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:28
msgid ""
"The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
"these files is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:30
msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:32
msgid "[| I<alternative-dependency-template>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:34
msgid "[...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:36
msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:39
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[...]\n"
" I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:45
msgid ""
"The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
"by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> "
"is dynamically replaced either by a version check like \"(E<gt>= I<minimal-"
"version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
"sufficient)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:53
msgid ""
"Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
"\"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
"version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
"used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
"by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
"dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:57
msgid ""
"Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information.  "
"Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
"only valid fields are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-symbols.5:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:62
msgid ""
"It indicates the name of the \"-dev\" package associated to the library and "
"is used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is "
"at least as strict as the corresponding build dependency."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-symbols.5:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:70
msgid ""
"It indicates what blacklist groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
"separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
"in the output file. This should only be necessary for toolchain packages "
"providing those blacklisted symbols. The available groups are system "
"dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and B<gomp>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: deb-symbols.5:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "Simple symbols file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
" DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
" FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
" [...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: deb-symbols.5:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "Advanced symbols file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:80
msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:82
msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:88
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
" publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
" [...]\n"
" implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
" [...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:90
msgid "B<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:92
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-triggers.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-triggers"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-triggers.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-10-15"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:22
msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:25
msgid "triggers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:30
msgid ""
"A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
"I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
"package creation)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:34
msgid ""
"This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace "
"and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty "
"lines will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:36
msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:40
msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:44
msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:48
msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:55
msgid ""
"Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
"in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
"triggers control file. The \"noawait\" variant does not put the triggering "
"packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used when the "
"functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:59
msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:63
msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:67
msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:76
msgid ""
"Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
"trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
"operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
"conflicting package), purge and deconfigure.  The \"noawait\" variant does "
"not put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be "
"used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:84
msgid ""
"If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
"trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
"the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
"installed, does not cause activations.  In the case of unpack, triggers "
"mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:87
msgid ""
"Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:94
msgid ""
"The \"-noawait\" variants should always be favored when possible since "
"triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
"immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger.  If "
"the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
"avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
"trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:99
msgid ""
"The \"-noawait\" variants are only supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will "
"lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to add a "
"\"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)\" to any package that wish to use those "
"directives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:104
msgid ""
"The \"-await\" alias variants are only supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and "
"will lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to "
"add a \"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.21)\" to any package that wish to use "
"those directives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:108
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg"
msgstr "dpkg"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-08-16"
msgstr "2014-08-16"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.1:26 dpkg.cfg.5:19 dpkg-buildflags.1:20 dpkg-deb.1:21
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:19 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18 dpkg-query.1:21
#: dpkg-trigger.1:18 dpkg-vendor.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "dpkg 软件集"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:29
msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
msgstr "dpkg - Debian 的软件包管理器"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:33
msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr "警告"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:38
msgid ""
"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
"--help>."
msgstr ""
"本手册旨在为用户提供比 B<dpkg --help> 更多关于 B<dpkg> 命令行选项以及软件包状"
"态的信息（译者注：译者水平有限，如有问题请多包涵并以英文文档为准）"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:43
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"希望理解 B<dpkg> 如何安装软件包的维护者【不适合】使用本手册。本手册尤其缺乏对"
"于 B<dpkg> 进行安装和卸载操作时的具体行为描述。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:51
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<aptitude>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in "
"some way."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> 是一个用来安装、构建、卸载和管理 Debian 软件包的工具。B<dpkg> 主要的"
"用户友好型前端是 B<aptitude>(1)。B<dpkg> 本身需要完全通过命令行来操纵，所指的"
"命令包含一项行为以及任意个选项。其中的行为参数将指定 B<dpkg> 的行为，同时由其"
"他的选项来调整其细节。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:58
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-"
"query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
"B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
"B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
"specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
"back-ends need to be called directly."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> 也可以用作 B<dpkg-deb>(1) 和 B<dpkg-query>(1) 的前端。行为项的列表可"
"在下文中的 B<行为> 章节中找到。对于这些行为项，dpkg 会用自己得到的参数来调用 "
"dpkg-deb 或 dpkg-query，但不会有任何的选项被传递，如果想要也传递选项，请直接"
"使用这些后端程序。"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
msgstr "关于软件包"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:64
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> 维护着一些关于有效软件包的可用信息。这些信息被分为三类：B<states>，"
"B<selection states> 和 B<flags>。这些值主要由 B<dselect> 来改动。"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package states"
msgstr "软件包状态"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<not-installed>"
msgstr "B<not-installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:68
msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
msgstr "该软件包没有安装在您的系统中。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<config-files>"
msgstr "B<config-files>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:71
msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
msgstr "仅有一些该包中的配置文件残存于系统中。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-installed>"
msgstr "B<half-installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:75
msgid ""
"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
"reason."
msgstr "该软件包的安装有曾开始，但因为某些原因没有完成。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<unpacked>"
msgstr "B<unpacked>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:78
msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
msgstr "该软件已经解包，但还没有进行配置。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-configured>"
msgstr "B<half-configured>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:82
msgid ""
"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
"completed for some reason."
msgstr "该软件已经解包而且配置过程有曾开始，但由于某些原因未完成。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:85
msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
msgstr "该软件包等待其他包正在处理的触发器。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
msgstr "B<triggers-pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:88
msgid "The package has been triggered."
msgstr "该软件包已被触发。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<installed>"
msgstr "B<installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:91
msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
msgstr "该软件包已被成功解包并配置。"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package selection states"
msgstr "软件包选择状态"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<install>"
msgstr "B<install>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:95
msgid "The package is selected for installation."
msgstr "该软件包被选择安装。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<hold>"
msgstr "B<hold>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:99
msgid ""
"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced "
"to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> 不处理标记为保留(B<hold>)的软件包，除非用 B<--force-hold> 选项来强制"
"执行。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<deinstall>"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:103
msgid ""
"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
"files, except configuration files)."
msgstr "该软件包被选择卸载（亦即，想要移除配置文件之外的所有文件）。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<purge>"
msgstr "B<purge>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:107
msgid ""
"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
"system directories, even configuration files)."
msgstr "该软件包被选择清除（亦即，想要移除包括配置文件的所有文件）。"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package flags"
msgstr "软件包标志"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<reinst-required>"
msgstr "B<reinst-required>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:113
msgid ""
"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. "
"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
"reinstreq>."
msgstr ""
"标记了 B<reinst-required> 的软件包已破损，并需要重新安装。这样的软件包无法卸"
"载，除非用 B<--force-remove-reinstreq> 选项强制执行。"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:114 dselect.1:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "行为"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:119
msgid ""
"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
"I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"安装软件包。如果给定 B<--recursive> 或 B<-R> 选项，那么其 I<package-file> 参"
"数必须是一个目录。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:121
msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "安装过程包括一下环节："

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:124
msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
msgstr "B<1.> 抽取新软件包的控制文件。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:128
msgid ""
"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
msgstr ""
"B<2.> 如果已经安装了相同软件包的另一个版本，运行旧软件包的 I<prerm> 脚本。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:131
msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本，如果软件包有提供的话。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:135
msgid ""
"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so "
"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
msgstr "B<4.> 将新文件解包，并备份旧文件，备份档用于在出问题时进行恢复。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:142
msgid ""
"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
msgstr ""
"B<5.> 如果已经安装了相同软件包的另一个版本，就运行旧软件包的 I<postrm> 脚本。"
"注意，这个脚本是在新软件包的 I<preinst> 脚本之后被执行的，因为删除旧文件的同"
"时新文件被写入。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:146
msgid ""
"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
"about how this is done."
msgstr "B<6.> 配置该软件。欲了解该操作如何达成，详情请参见 B<--configure>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..."
msgstr "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:151
msgid ""
"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"解开此包，但不进行配置。如果给定 B<--recursive> 或 B<-R> 选项，那么 "
"I<package-file> 必须是一个目录。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:156
msgid ""
"Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured.  If B<-"
"a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
"unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"配置一个解包完成但仍未进行过配置的软件包。如果给定 B<-a> 或者 B<--pending> 选"
"项而不是 I<package>，所有解包但未配置的包均会被配置。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:160
msgid ""
"To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-"
"reconfigure>(8)  command instead."
msgstr "若要重新配置一个已经配置过的软件包，请尝试B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:162
msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "配置过程包含以下环节："

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:167
msgid ""
"B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, "
"so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
msgstr "B<1.> 解包配置文件，同时备份旧配置文件，以备出错时恢复之需。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:170
msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr "B<2.> 运行 I<postinst> 脚本，如果软件包提供的话。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:177
msgid ""
"Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If package "
"names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly "
"once each where necessary. Use of this option may leave packages in the "
"improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be "
"fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
msgstr ""
"仅处理触发器。且所有未决触发器都会被处理。If package names are supplied only "
"those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly once each where "
"necessary.使用该选项可能导致软件包处于不妥当的 B<triggers-awaited> 和 "
"B<triggers-pending>状态。但可以在之后使用该命令修复： B<dpkg --configure --"
"pending>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>B<...|-a|--pending>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>B<...|-a|--pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:186
msgid ""
"Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles, which "
"may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later "
"(conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/"
"conffiles> control file).  If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a "
"package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed in file "
"I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed."
msgstr ""
"移除一个已安装的软件包。此操作会移除配置文件之外的所有文件，如果稍后要重新安"
"装该包，这可以避免重新配置它（conffiles 是在 I<DEBIAN/conffiles> 中列出的配置"
"文件，亦即上文所指文件）。如果给定 B<-a> 或 B<--pending> 参数而不是软件包名，"
"那么所有已被解包，但在 I</var/lib/dpkg/status> 中被标记为“待删除”的软件包，将"
"被删除。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:188
msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "移除一个软件包需要经过以下环节："

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:191
msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
msgstr "B<1.> 执行 I<prerm> 脚本"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:194
msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
msgstr "B<2.> 移除已安装的文件"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:197
msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
msgstr "B<3.> 执行 I<postrm> 脚本"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:206
msgid ""
"Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
"including conffiles.  If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package "
"name, then all packages unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file "
"I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are purged."
msgstr ""
"彻底清除已安装或已移除的软件包。这会删除所有有关的文件，包括所有配置文件。如"
"果给定 B<-a> 或 B<--pending> 选项而不是软件包名，那么在 I</var/lib/dpkg/"
"status> 中所有已解包的、已移除但标记了“待清除”的软件包均会被彻底清除。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:214
msgid ""
"Note: some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are "
"created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that "
"case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
"script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
"during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
"not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
msgstr ""
"注意：有些配置文件可能不被 B<dpkg> 记录，因为它们是通过配置脚本来分别创建和处"
"理的。在这种情况下，B<dpkg> 将不会擅自删除这些配置文件，而是由软件包的 "
"I<postrm> 脚本（由 B<dpkg> 调用）来进行删除及清除。当然，这只应用于系统目录中"
"的文件，而用户家目录中的配置文件则不受影响。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:216
msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "清除一个软件包包含以下环节："

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:220
msgid ""
"B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for "
"detailed information about how this is done."
msgstr ""
"B<1.> 如果它没有被移除，那么移除该软件包。更多实现的细节请参见 B<--remove>。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:223
msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script."
msgstr "B<2.> 执行 I<postrm> 脚本。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:232
msgid ""
"Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
"comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
"metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database. The origin of the files "
"metadata information in the database is the binary packages themselves. That "
"metadata gets collected at package unpack time during the installation "
"process."
msgstr ""
"对已安装文件的信息与 B<dpkg> 数据库中的文件元信息进行比较，以检查软件包 "
"I<package-name> 的完整性，若参数缺省则检查所有包。数据库中的原始的文件元信息"
"正是二进制包本身。这些元信息是在安装过程的解包环节中收集的。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:237
msgid ""
"Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification "
"against the stored value in the files database. It will only get checked if "
"the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any missing metadata in "
"the database, the B<--audit> command can be used."
msgstr ""
"当前唯一进行过的的功能性检查是一次根据文件数据库中校验和进行的 md5sum 校验。"
"不过仅当数据库中有这些文件的 md5sum 值的时候才会进行校验。若要检查任何数据库"
"中缺失的元信息，请使用 B<--audit> 选项。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:242
msgid ""
"The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
"default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
"such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
"format they expect."
msgstr ""
"输出格式可以用 B<--verify-format> 选项来选择，它默认使用 B<rpm> 格式，但这一"
"点可能在未来被更改，正因如此，解析输出信息的程序应该显式说明它所期望的输出格"
"式。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
msgstr "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:253
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. If the I<Packages-file> "
"argument is missing or named B<-> then it will be read from standard input "
"(since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in I</"
"var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"更新 B<dpkg> 和 B<dselect> 对有效软件包的感知。通过 B<--merge-avail> 行为，旧"
"信息会与 I<Packages-file> 中的信息结合。通过 B<--update-avail> 行为，旧信息会"
"被 I<Packages-file> 中的信息取代。由 Debian 分发的 I<Packages-file> 被简单命"
"名为 I<Packages>。如果 I<Packages-file> 参数缺省，或者为 B<->，那么它将从标准"
"输入中读取（自 dpkg 1.17.7 之后）。B<dpkg> 会在 I</var/lib/dpkg/available> 中"
"维护自己对有效软件包的记录。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:258
msgid ""
"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
"B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
"B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
"of available packages."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect update> 是一个更简单的一次性命令，用于获取和更新 I<available> 文"
"件。注意，如果您使用基于 APT 的前端而不是 B<dselect>，那么该文件大多数情况下"
"是无用的：APT 有它自己的有效包跟踪系统。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:264
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
"information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"通过 I<package-file> 中的信息，更新 B<dpkg> 和 B<dselect> 对于有效软件包的认"
"识。如果给定 B<--recursive> 或 B<-R> 参数，那么 I<package-file> 必须指向一个"
"目录。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:264
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
msgstr "B<--forget-old-unavail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:268
msgid ""
"Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
"unavailable packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
msgstr "B<--clear-avail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:271
msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
msgstr "擦除现存的关于有效软件包的信息。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:271
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:278
msgid ""
"Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
"packages if omitted.  For example, searches for packages that have been "
"installed only partially on your system or that have missing, wrong or "
"obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to "
"get them fixed."
msgstr ""
"对 I<package-name> 进行数据库一致性以及健康检查，如果该参数缺省则检查所有软件"
"包。比如说，搜索安装到系统中的不完整文件，搜索发生了 丢失/错误/废弃 的控制文"
"件和数据。B<dpkg> 会针对相应的情况给出修复建议。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
msgstr "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:283
msgid ""
"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
"non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
"not be shown."
msgstr ""
"获取软件包选择列表，并写到标准输出。如果未给出一个表达式，那么未安装的软件包"
"（亦即，先前被清除的）将不会显示。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:283 update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set-selections>"
msgstr "B<--set-selections>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:289
msgid ""
"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'I<package> I<state>', where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
"B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#' "
"are also permitted."
msgstr ""
"通过标准输入读取文件，以此设置软件包选择。读入的文件格式应该是“I<package> "
"I<state>”，其中的“state”是 B<install>，B<hold>，B<deinstall>，B<purge> 四者之"
"一。支持空行和‘#’开头的注释行。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:294
msgid ""
"The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
"otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
"update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
msgstr ""
"需要更新 I<available> 文件以使该命令生效，否则未知的包将伴随警告而被忽略。详"
"情请参见 B<--update-avail> 和 B<--merge-avail> 命令。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
msgstr "B<--clear-selections>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:299
msgid ""
"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall.  This "
"is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-selections>, to deinstall "
"any packages not in list given to B<--set-selections>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
msgstr "B<--yet-to-unpack>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:303
msgid ""
"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
"still haven't been installed."
msgstr "搜索那些已选择安装，但因某种缘故仍未安装完成的软件包。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:303
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--add-architecture >I<architecture>"
msgstr "B<--add-architecture >I<architectur>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:309
msgid ""
"Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
"installed without using B<--force-architecture>. The architecture B<dpkg> is "
"built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>)  is always part of "
"that list."
msgstr ""
"将指定的 I<architectur> 添加到体系结构列表，而根据这个列表可以在不使用B<--"
"force-architecture> 选项的情况下安装对应体系结构的软件包。构建 B<dpkg> 所用的"
"体系结构（即 B<--print-architecture> 的输出）会一直留在该体系结构列表中。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:309
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>"
msgstr "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:317
msgid ""
"Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
"be installed without using B<--force-architecture>. If the architecture is "
"currently in use in the database then the operation will be refused, except "
"if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture B<dpkg> is built "
"for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never be removed from "
"that list."
msgstr ""
"将指定的 I<architectur> 从体系结构列表中移除，而根据这个列表可以在不使用B<--"
"force-architecture> 选项的情况下安装对应体系结构的软件包。如果所指体系结构正"
"被数据库所使用，那么这项操作会被拒绝，除非指定B<--force-architecture> 选项。"
"构建 B<dpkg> 所用的体系结构（即 B<--print-architecture> 的输出）会一直留在该"
"体系结构列表中。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:317
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:320
msgid ""
"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")."
msgstr "打印 B<dpkg> 安装的软件包的体系结构（比如 \"i386\"）。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
msgstr "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:324
msgid ""
"Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
"configured to allow packages to be installed for."
msgstr "打印 B<dpkg> 配置为可以安装的额外体系结构列表，该表以换行符分隔。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:324
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"
msgstr "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"

#.  .TP
#.  .B \-\-command\-fd \fIn\fP
#.  Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fIn\fP. Note:
#.  additional options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor,
#.  are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run.
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:340
msgid ""
"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"比较版本号，其中 I<op> 是二元运算符。如果满足给定条件，那么 B<dpkg> 将返回成"
"功（结果为0），否则（结果非0）返回失败。可用的算符有两组，它们的区别在于对空"
"白的 I<ver1> 和 I<ver2> 的反应。这些算符认定空白版本早于任何版本：B<lt-nl le-"
"nl ge-nl gt-nl>。这些算符仅为兼容控制文件语法：B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = "
"E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:340 dpkg-architecture.1:89 dpkg-buildpackage.1:330
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:68 dpkg-distaddfile.1:50 dpkg-deb.1:201
#: dpkg-divert.8:92 dpkg-genchanges.1:158 dpkg-gencontrol.1:141
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:480 dpkg-name.1:71 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:60
#: dpkg-query.1:147 dpkg-scanpackages.1:104 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:250
#: dpkg-source.1:121 dpkg-split.1:143 dpkg-trigger.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:343
msgid "Display a brief help message."
msgstr "显示简短的帮助信息。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:343
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-help>"
msgstr "B<--force-help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:346
msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
msgstr "显示有关 B<--force->I<thing> 选项的帮助。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
msgstr "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:349
msgid "Give help about debugging options."
msgstr "显示关于调试选项的帮助信息。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:349 dpkg-architecture.1:92 dpkg-buildflags.1:155
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:333 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:71 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53
#: dpkg-deb.1:204 dpkg-divert.8:95 dpkg-genchanges.1:161 dpkg-gencontrol.1:144
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:483 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:58 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63
#: dpkg-query.1:150 dpkg-scanpackages.1:107 dpkg-scansources.1:87
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:253 dpkg-source.1:124 dpkg-split.1:146
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:66 dpkg-trigger.1:51 dpkg-vendor.1:48 dselect.1:137
#: update-alternatives.8:336
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:352
msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
msgstr "显示 B<dpkg> 版本信息。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:352
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb 行为>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:355
msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr "有关下列行为的细节，请参见 B<dpkg-dev>(1)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
"    Build a deb package.\n"
"B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
"    List contents of a deb package.\n"
"B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
"    Extract control-information from a package.\n"
"B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
"    Extract the files contained by package.\n"
"B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
"    Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
"    package.\n"
"B<-f>, B<--field>  I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
"    Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
"B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
"    Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n"
"    Debian package.\n"
"B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
"    Show information about a package.\n"
msgstr ""
"B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
"    构建 deb 软件包。\n"
"B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
"    列出 deb 包的内容。\n"
"B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
"    抽取包中的控制信息。\n"
"B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
"    抽取包中的文件。\n"
"B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
"    抽取包中文件并显示文件名。\n"
"B<-f>, B<--field>  I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
"    显示包中的控制字段。\n"
"B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
"    显示 Debian 包中的文件系统 tar 文件。\n"
"B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
"    显示软件包信息。\n"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:377
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:380
msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr "有关下列行为的细节，请参见 B<dpkg-query>(1)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:395
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
"    List packages matching given pattern.\n"
"B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
"    Report status of specified package.\n"
"B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
"    List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
"B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
"    Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
"B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
"    Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
"    I</var/lib/dpkg/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
"    should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
msgstr ""
"B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
"    列出匹配给定模式的包。\n"
"B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
"    报告指定包的状态。\n"
"B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
"    列出由包 I<package-name> 安装到系统中的文件。\n"
"B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
"    在已安装的包中搜索文件名。\n"
"B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
"    根据 I</var/lib/dpkg/available> 中找到的信息，\n"
"    显示关于 I<package-name> 的详情。而使用基于 APT 的前端\n"
"    的用户应使用 B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> 。\n"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:397 dpkg-architecture.1:96 dpkg-buildpackage.1:82
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:37 dpkg-distaddfile.1:45 dpkg-deb.1:208
#: dpkg-divert.8:62 dpkg-genchanges.1:37 dpkg-gencontrol.1:57
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:402 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:44 dpkg-name.1:43
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:154 dpkg-scanpackages.1:77
#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:129 dpkg-source.1:128
#: dpkg-split.1:150 dpkg-statoverride.8:70 dpkg-trigger.1:55 dpkg-vendor.1:52
#: dselect.1:57 start-stop-daemon.8:105 update-alternatives.8:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "选项"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:404
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
"matching this shell pattern \\(aq[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*\\(aq) on the configuration "
"directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is "
"either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without "
"leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"所有选项都可以在命令行中或者在 B<dpkg> 配置文件 I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> 中指"
"定，在配置目录 I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/> 里的零碎文件中指定也可（零碎文件需要"
"匹配 shell 模式 \\(aq[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*\\(aq）。配置文件中的每一行可以是选项（与"
"命令行选项一致，但无需连字符）也可以是注释（以 B<#> 开头）。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:408
msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr "修改累计错误容忍上限（超过该值则中止），该值默认为50。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:414
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
"package."
msgstr ""
"当要移除一个软件包的时候，有可能有别的软件包依赖于这个包。指定该选项将导致依"
"赖这个包的软件包被自动反配置。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:420
msgid ""
"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:435
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    Number   Description\n"
"         1   Generally helpful progress information\n"
"         2   Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
"        10   Output for each file processed\n"
"       100   Lots of output for each file processed\n"
"        20   Output for each configuration file\n"
"       200   Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
"        40   Dependencies and conflicts\n"
"       400   Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
"     10000   Trigger activation and processing\n"
"     20000   Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
"     40000   Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
"      1000   Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n"
"      2000   Insane amounts of drivel\n"
msgstr ""
"      数字   描述\n"
"         1   一般有用的进度信息\n"
"         2   维护者脚本的调用和状态\n"
"        10   每当处理文件都输出\n"
"       100   每当处理文件都大量输出\n"
"        20   每当处理配置文件都输出\n"
"       200   每当处理配置文件都大量输出\n"
"        40   依赖关系和冲突\n"
"       400   依赖关系和冲突的大量输出\n"
"     10000   触发器激活和处理\n"
"     20000   大量关于触发器的输出\n"
"     40000   海量关于触发器的输出\n"
"      1000   很多废话，比如 dpkg/info dir\n"
"      2000   数量惊世骇俗的废话\n"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:435
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:442
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing)  to do some "
"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them.  Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"强制或拒绝做某事（B<no-force> 和 B<refuse> 所指相同）。I<things> 是一个逗号分"
"隔的事件表，具体事件请参见下文。B<--force-help> 会给出相应的帮助信息。另外，"
"标记了（*）的事件是默认选择强制的。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:446
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
"system.>"
msgstr ""
"I<警告: 这些选项大多数是提供给专家用户使用的。在没有完全理解它们的效果的情况"
"下使用，很可能会破坏您的整个系统。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:449
msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: 强制选项全开（或全关）。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:452
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"installed."
msgstr "B<downgrage>(*): 即使一个包的新版本已被安装，也继续安装该包。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:459
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present >B<dpkg>I< does not do any dependency checking on "
"downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
"dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
"downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
"unusable. Use with care.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:463
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"which the current package depends."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:466
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr "B<bold>: 连同标记了 “hold” 的软件包一并处理。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:471
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:476
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:479
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr "B<depends>: 将所有依赖问题转为警告。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:482
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr "B<depends-version>: 检查依赖关系时忽略版本。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:485
msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package."
msgstr "B<breaks>: 即使会破坏别的软件包也坚持安装。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
msgstr ""
"B<conflicts>: 即使与别的软件包冲突也坚持安装。不过这很危险，因为很有可能会导"
"致一些文件被覆盖。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:494
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: If a conffile is missing and the version in the package did "
"change, always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is "
"dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the "
"file."
msgstr ""
"B<confmiss>: 在 conffile 丢失并且软件包版本有过变动的情况下，那么总是在不提示"
"的情况下安装丢失的 conffile 。注意这很危险，毕竟这意味着对文件作出的更改将不"
"被保留。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:500
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
"did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--"
"force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is "
"preferred."
msgstr ""
"B<confnew>: 在 conffile 和软件包版本均发生变动的情况下，总是在不提示的情况下"
"安装新版本。如果偏好默认行为的话，除非同时指定 B<--force-confdef> 选项。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:506
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
"did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--"
"force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is "
"preferred."
msgstr ""
"B<confnew>: 在 conffile 和软件包版本均发生变动的情况下，总是在不提示的情况下"
"保留旧版本。如果偏好默认行为的话，除非同时指定 B<--force-confdef> 选项。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:513
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
"did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is "
"no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or "
"B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to "
"decide the final action."
msgstr ""
"B<confdef>: 在 conffile 和软件包版本均变动的情况下，总是选择默认行为并且不提"
"示。如果没有默认行为，那么它将停下来询问用户。除非指定 B<--force-confnew> 或 "
"B<--force-confold> 选项，此时它会根据指定的选项来最终决策。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:520
msgid ""
"B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with "
"the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not "
"change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
"confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the "
"final action."
msgstr ""
"B<confask>: 在 confffile 被更改的情况下，即使软件包里的版本不改变，也用包里的"
"文件进行替换。如果在 B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
"confold>, 或 B<--force-confdef> 四个选项中有任意一个被同时指定，那么它会根据"
"选项进行最终决策。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:523
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite>: 将其他软件包的文件覆盖到一个软件包上。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:526
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite-dir> 将其他包的文件覆盖到一个软件包目录上。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:529
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
msgstr "B<overwrite-diverted>: 将转移后的文件以未转移版本覆盖。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:537
msgid ""
"B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking. Currently "
"this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, which is "
"known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file systems, "
"unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place due to "
"their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
"crashes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:543
msgid ""
"I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
"option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
"the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
"zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
"before atomic renames."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:546
msgid ""
"I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing "
"data, use with care.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:549
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
msgstr "B<architecture>: 容忍软件包错误或缺省的体系结构并继续。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:552
msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:555
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr "B<bad-path>: 在 B<PATH> 下无法找到重要的程序，这可能是出问题的原因"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:558
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr "B<not-root>: 在非 root 时尝试（反）安装软件。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:561
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr "B<bad-verify>: 容忍失败的真实性检查并安装。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:562
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:566
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
msgstr ""
"忽略对指定软件包的依赖检查（实际上进行了检查，只是当且仅当发生冲突时才会发出"
"警告）。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:566
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:571
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
"actually modifying anything."
msgstr ""
"进行所有预期的操作，但是不进行任何写入。该选的意图是，在不进行任何修改的情况"
"下观察软件根据指定的行为做了什么。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:576
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:576
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:582
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:582 dpkg-buildpackage.1:87 dpkg-genchanges.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:586
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
msgstr ""
"如果已经安装了该软件包的更新版本，那就不安装该软件。（译者注：即拒绝降级）这"
"也是 B<--refuse-downgrade> 选项的别名。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:586 dpkg-buildpackage.1:324 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:38
#: dpkg-query.1:155 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:246 dpkg-trigger.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:591
msgid ""
"Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give "
"information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc.  "
"(Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>)"
msgstr ""
"变更默认管理目录，这个目录包含着许多已安装和未安装软件包的状态记录文件等。"
"（默认为 I</var/lib/dpkg>）"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:591
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:598
msgid ""
"Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where "
"packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
"B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
"the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory.  (Defaults to I</>)"
msgstr ""
"变更默认的软件包安装目录。在执行软件包的安装脚本之前，目录 B<instdir> 同样会"
"传递给 B<chroot>(2)，这意味着那些脚本会视 B<instdir> 为根目录。（默认为 I</"
">）"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:598
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:602
msgid ""
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
"var/lib/dpkg> 。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:602
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:608
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:608
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:612
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"installed."
msgstr "如果有相同版本的软件包已经安装，那就跳过。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:612
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
msgstr "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg.1:614
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
msgstr "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:625
msgid ""
"Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the "
"B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, "
"I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> B<dpkg> "
"actions. This option can be specified multiple times. The order the options "
"are specified is preserved, with the ones from the configuration files "
"taking precedence.  The environment variable B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for "
"the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action. Note: front-ends might call B<dpkg> "
"several times per invocation, which might run the hooks more times than "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:625
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
msgstr "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg.1:627
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:631
msgid ""
"Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
"previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:634
msgid ""
"I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
"completely break your system, use with caution.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:644
msgid ""
"The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were '*' matches "
"any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also '/'. For "
"example, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> matches I<'/usr/share/doc/package/README'>.  As "
"usual, '?' matches any single character (again, including '/'). And '[' "
"starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
"complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. "
"Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories and "
"symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack "
"failures, future work might fix this."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:647
msgid ""
"This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
"case is:"
msgstr "这可以用来删除除了一些特例外的所有路径；一种典型的情况是："

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n"
"B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:654
msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:658
msgid ""
"These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
"other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
"matches a file name making the decision."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:658
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verify-format>I< format-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:661
msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:671
msgid ""
"The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
"line for every path that failed any check. The lines start with 9 characters "
"to report each specific check result, a 'B<?>' implies the check could not "
"be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc), 'B<.>' implies the check "
"passed, and an alphanumeric character implies a specific check failed; the "
"md5sum verification is denoted with a 'B<5>' on the third character. The "
"line is followed by a space and an attribute character (currently 'B<c>' for "
"conffiles), another space and the pathname."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:671
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:677
msgid ""
"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
"descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
"information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:678
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:681
msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:681
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:685
msgid ""
"An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
"be converted to spaces before output."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:685
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:688
msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:688
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:693
msgid ""
"Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
"B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
"B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:694
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:699
msgid ""
"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
"I<command>'s standard input. This option can be specified multiple times. "
"The output format used is the same as in B<--status-fd.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:700
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:712
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status "
"I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>' for status change updates; `YYYY-MM-DD "
"HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>' for "
"actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<remove>, "
"B<purge>; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile I<filename> I<decision>' for "
"conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:712
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:715
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:715
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:724
msgid ""
"Do not run any triggers in this run (activations will still be recorded).  "
"If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--triggers-only> I<package> then "
"the named package postinst will still be run even if only a triggers run is "
"needed. Use of this option may leave packages in the improper B<triggers-"
"awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: "
"B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:724
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--triggers>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:727
msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:728 dpkg-buildflags.1:354 dpkg-buildpackage.1:337
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:75 dpkg-deb.1:280 dpkg-divert.8:99 dpkg-query.1:284
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:87 dpkg-trigger.1:81 dpkg-vendor.1:59 dselect.1:447
#: update-alternatives.8:380
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:729 dselect.1:448
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<HOME>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:733
msgid ""
"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
"specific configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:733 dpkg-deb.1:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<TMPDIR>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:737
msgid ""
"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
"files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:737
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PAGER>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:740
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:740
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:743
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:743 dpkg-query.1:289
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:747
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:747
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:751
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
"the situation. Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:751
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:755
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
"the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:755
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:759
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
"the situation. Contains the path to the new conffile."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:759
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:763
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
"the currently running B<dpkg> instance."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:763 dpkg-divert.8:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:767
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
"qualified) package name being handled."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:767
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:772
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
"reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
"than B<not-installed>. Since dpkg 1.17.2."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:772
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:776
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
"the package got built for."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:776
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:780
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
"script running (preinst, postinst, prerm, postrm)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:782 dpkg.cfg.5:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:785
msgid "Configuration fragment files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:785 dpkg.cfg.5:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:788
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:788
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:792
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:795
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:795
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:798
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:798
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:804
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:807
msgid ""
"The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if "
"it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:810
msgid ""
"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5)  for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"I<control>\n"
"I<conffiles>\n"
"I<preinst>\n"
"I<postinst>\n"
"I<prerm>\n"
"I<postrm>\n"
"I<triggers>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:822 dpkg-buildpackage.1:378 dpkg-deb.1:294 dpkg-name.1:78
#: dpkg-source.1:772 dpkg-split.1:227 dselect.1:453
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:824
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:830
msgid ""
"To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that B<dpkg-"
"query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
"B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:832
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:835
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:840
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:845
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:847
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg -r elvis>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:852
msgid ""
"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:855
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n"
"     B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:858
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:860
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:865
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
"the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
"(see https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ for more details), for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:867
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:869
msgid "or with dpkg 1.17.6 and earlier:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     B<avail=`mktemp`>\n"
"     B<apt-cache dumpavail E<gt>\"$avail\">\n"
"     B<dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\">\n"
"     B<rm \"$avail\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:876
msgid "you can install it with:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:879
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n"
"     B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:885
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:888
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
"to modify the package selection states."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:890
#, no-wrap
msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:893
msgid ""
"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
"packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:907
msgid ""
"B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), "
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:908
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:910 dpkg.cfg.5:40
msgid ""
"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
"contributed to B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-architecture"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-03-28"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:24
msgid ""
"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:34
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-architecture> does provide a facility to determine and set the build "
"and host architecture for package building."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:37
msgid ""
"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to "
"B<dpkg>(1), and can not be set at the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:48
msgid ""
"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
"options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>. The default is determined by an "
"external call to B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if B<CC> "
"or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type> "
"is sufficient, the value of the other will be set to a usable default. "
"Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> "
"will warn you if your choice does not match the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:49 dpkg-buildflags.1:64 dpkg-deb.1:47 dpkg-divert.8:44
#: dpkg-query.1:33 dpkg-source.1:39 dpkg-split.1:48 dpkg-statoverride.8:42
#: dpkg-trigger.1:41 dpkg-vendor.1:31 start-stop-daemon.8:58
#: update-alternatives.8:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:54
msgid ""
"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:61
msgid ""
"Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13).  It compares the "
"current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
"check if they are equal.  This action will not expand the architecture "
"wildcards.  Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
"matched."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:69
msgid ""
"Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13).  It compares the "
"current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
"wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
"they match.  Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
"matched."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:72
msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:76
msgid ""
"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
"using eval."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:79
msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-unset> but to unset all variables."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
msgid ""
"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the "
"determined value."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:89
msgid ""
"Print a list of valid architecture names.  Possibly restricted by one or "
"more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
"match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:92 dpkg-buildflags.1:155 dpkg-buildpackage.1:333
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:71 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53 dpkg-deb.1:204
#: dpkg-divert.8:95 dpkg-genchanges.1:161 dpkg-gencontrol.1:144
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:483 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:58 dpkg-name.1:74
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63 dpkg-query.1:150 dpkg-scanpackages.1:107
#: dpkg-scansources.1:87 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:253 dpkg-source.1:124
#: dpkg-split.1:146 dpkg-statoverride.8:66 dpkg-trigger.1:51 dpkg-vendor.1:48
#: update-alternatives.8:336
msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 dpkg-buildflags.1:158 dpkg-buildpackage.1:336
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:74 dpkg-distaddfile.1:56 dpkg-deb.1:207
#: dpkg-divert.8:98 dpkg-genchanges.1:164 dpkg-gencontrol.1:147
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:486 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:61 dpkg-name.1:77
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:66 dpkg-query.1:153 dpkg-scanpackages.1:110
#: dpkg-scansources.1:89 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:256 dpkg-source.1:127
#: dpkg-split.1:149 dpkg-statoverride.8:69 dpkg-trigger.1:54 dpkg-vendor.1:51
#: update-alternatives.8:339
msgid "Show the version and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:97 dpkg-buildpackage.1:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:100
msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-buildpackage.1:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:103
msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
msgid ""
"Set the target Debian architecture. This is only needed when building a "
"cross-toolchain, one that will be built on the build architecture, to be run "
"on the host architecture, and to build code for the target architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:111
msgid "Set the target GNU system type."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:115
msgid ""
"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
"specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:119
msgid ""
"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
"specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:123
msgid ""
"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
"specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:130
msgid ""
"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMS"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "build machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:134
msgid "The machine the package is built on."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "host machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:136
msgid "The machine the package is built for."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "target machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:138
msgid "The machine the compiler is building for."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian architecture"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:141
msgid ""
"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
"archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "architecture wildcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:145
msgid ""
"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match "
"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-"
"E<lt>cpuE<gt>.  Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "GNU system type"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:149
msgid ""
"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
"hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, "
"x86_64-netbsd."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "VARIABLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:152
msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:154
msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:156
msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:158
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:160
msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:162
msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:164
msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:166
msgid "The System part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:168
msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:171
msgid ""
"The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
"paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:173
msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:175
msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:177
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:179
msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:181
msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:183
msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:183
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:185
msgid "The System part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:187
msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:190
msgid ""
"The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
"(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:192
msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:194
msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:196
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:198
msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:200
msgid ""
"The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:202
msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:202
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:204
msgid "The System part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:206
msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:209
msgid ""
"The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
"paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-architecture.1:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "Architecture tables"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:215
msgid ""
"All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
"location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
"B<DPKG_DATADIR>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/cputable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:218
msgid "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:218
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/ostable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:221
msgid "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:221
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/triplettable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:225
msgid ""
"Mapping between Debian architecture triplets and Debian architecture names."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-architecture.1:225 dpkg-buildflags.1:404
#, no-wrap
msgid "Packaging support"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/architecture.mk>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:230
msgid ""
"Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
"B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:234
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
"architecture>. Other examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:236
msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:238
msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:241
msgid ""
"Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
"architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:243
msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:245
msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:247
msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:249
msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:251
msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-architecture.1:252 dpkg-buildflags.1:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:260
msgid ""
"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
"option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
"cross compilation support in your package:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:262
msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:276
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
"DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
"[...]\n"
"ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
"  confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
"else\n"
"  confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\e\n"
"               --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
"endif\n"
"[...]\n"
"\\&./configure $(confflags)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:280
msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:288 dpkg-architecture.1:304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
"  [...]\n"
"endif\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:293
msgid ""
"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
"B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:296
msgid ""
"Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
"all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "include /usr/share/dpkg/architecture.mk\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:309
msgid ""
"In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
"architecture information during a package build."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:312
msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:315
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg.cfg"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2009-09-05"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:22
msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:29
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
"except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
"hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:36
msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:37 dselect.cfg.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:42 dpkg-divert.8:154 dpkg-query.1:296 dpkg-statoverride.8:104
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-09-04"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:23
msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:27
msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:31
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
"build of Debian packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:34
msgid ""
"The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
"overriden in several ways:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:36
msgid "system-wide with B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>;"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:39
msgid ""
"for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where B<"
"$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "3."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:42
msgid ""
"temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section "
"B<ENVIRONMENT>);"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:45
msgid ""
"dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
"B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:47
msgid "The configuration files can contain two types of directives:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:50
msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:53
msgid ""
"Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:57
msgid ""
"Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>.  A "
"space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
"empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:61
msgid ""
"Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>.  "
"A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
"non-empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:64
msgid ""
"The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
"(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dump>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:70
msgid ""
"Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
"one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
"(\"I<flag>=I<value>\"). This is the default action."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:75
msgid ""
"Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
"the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:81
msgid ""
"Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of "
"B<dpkg-buildflags>: relevant environment variables, current vendor, state of "
"all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags with their origin."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:85
msgid ""
"This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
"a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
"problems related to them."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:92
msgid ""
"Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
"compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
"given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
"character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
"environment. Supported formats:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<sh>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:98
msgid ""
"Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
"environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
"evaluation by a shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<cmdline>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:103
msgid ""
"Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
"compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
"syntax."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<configure>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:106
msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<make>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:111
msgid ""
"Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
"environment. Output can be written to a makefile fragment and evaluated "
"using an B<include> directive."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--get>I< flag>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:116
msgid ""
"Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
"known otherwise exits with 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:121
msgid ""
"Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
"the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
"following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<vendor>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:125
msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<system>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:128
msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<user>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:131
msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<env>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:134
msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--query-features>I< area>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:141
msgid ""
"Print the features enabled for a given area. The only currently recognized "
"areas are B<qa>, B<reproducible> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE AREAS> "
"section for more details.  Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits "
"with 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:144
msgid ""
"The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature.  For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  Feature: pie\n"
"  Enabled: no\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  Feature: stackprotector\n"
"  Enabled: yes\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:152 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:55 dpkg-scansources.1:85
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:63 dpkg-vendor.1:45 dselect.1:134
#: update-alternatives.8:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CFLAGS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:166
msgid ""
"Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes B<-"
"g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> if the "
"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:169
msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
msgstr "C 预处理器选项。默认：空。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:172
msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
msgstr "C++ 编译器选项。同 B<CFLAGS>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<OBJCFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:175
msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
msgstr "Objective-C 编译器选项。同 B<CFLAGS>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:178
msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>."
msgstr "Objective-C++ 编译器选项。同 B<CXXFLAGS>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<GCJFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:181
msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
msgstr "GNU Java 编译器(gcj)选项。B<CFLAGS> 的子集。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<FFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<FFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:184
msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
msgstr "Fortran 77 编译器选项。B<CFLAGS> 的子集。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<FCFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<FCFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:187
msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>."
msgstr "Fortran 9x 编译器选项。同 B<FFLAGS>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<LDFLAGS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:195
msgid ""
"Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects "
"(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped "
"from these options). Default value: empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:198
msgid ""
"New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
"support other languages)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:206
msgid ""
"Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
"and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the \"+"
"\" and \"-\" modifier.  For example, to enable the B<hardening> \"pie\" "
"feature and disable the \"fortify\" feature you can do this in B<debian/"
"rules>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "  export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:213
msgid ""
"The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
"disable all area features at the same time.  Thus disabling everything in "
"the B<hardening> area and enabling only \"format\" and \"fortify\" can be "
"achieved with:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "  export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "Quality Assurance (QA)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:219
msgid ""
"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
"problems in the source code or build system."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<bug>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:223
msgid ""
"This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably "
"detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<canary>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:232
msgid ""
"This setting (disabled by default) adds dummy canary options to the build "
"flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how the build flags "
"propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build flag settings.  "
"The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
"B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
"D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
"canary->I<random-id>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "Hardening"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:239
msgid ""
"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
"resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
"warning messages during compilation.  Except as noted below, these are "
"enabled by default for architectures that support them."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:239
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:252
msgid ""
"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> "
"to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>.  This will warn "
"about improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are "
"used in a way that represent possible security problems. At present, this "
"warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format "
"string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in "
"B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security "
"hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains \"%n\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:253
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<fortify>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:264
msgid ""
"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to "
"B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of "
"information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace "
"insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. "
"This is especially useful for old, crufty code.  Additionally, format "
"strings in writable memory that contain '%n' are blocked. If an application "
"depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:270
msgid ""
"Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
"compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
"disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<stackprotector>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:281
msgid ""
"This setting (enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong is not in use) adds "
"B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, "
"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>.  This "
"adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders many potential "
"code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best case this turns "
"code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues "
"(depending on the application)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:285
msgid ""
"This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
"B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
"nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:294
msgid ""
"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to "
"B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
"and B<FCFLAGS>.  This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, but "
"without significant performance penalties."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:296
msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:299
msgid ""
"This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
"also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<relro>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:309
msgid ""
"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>.  "
"During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by "
"the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before "
"turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT "
"overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
"disabled as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:310
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<bindnow>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:317
msgid ""
"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During "
"program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT "
"to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become "
"enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pie>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:332
msgid ""
"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, "
"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-"
"fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. Position Independent Executable are needed to take "
"advantage of Address Space Layout Randomization, supported by some kernel "
"versions. While ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and "
"heap (brk and mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-"
"independent. Shared libraries already do this (-fPIC), so they gain ASLR "
"automatically, but binary .text regions need to be build PIE to gain ASLR. "
"When this happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder "
"since there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory "
"corruption attack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:335
msgid ""
"This is not compatible with B<-fPIC> so care must be taken when building "
"shared objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:341
msgid ""
"Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some "
"architectures (most notably i386) can see performance losses of up to 15% in "
"very text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than "
"1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64)  do not see as "
"high a worst-case penalty."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "Reproducibility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:346
msgid ""
"The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
"reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
"Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
"support them."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<timeless>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:353
msgid ""
"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>.  This "
"will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and B<__TIMESTAMP__> "
"macros are used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:361
msgid ""
"There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
"first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
"It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
"different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
"be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
"build flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:361
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:363
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:367
msgid ""
"This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:367
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:369
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:374
msgid ""
"This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
"will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:374
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:376
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:380
msgid ""
"This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
"returned for the given I<flag>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:380
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:382
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:386
msgid ""
"This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
"returned for the given I<flag>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:386 dpkg-buildpackage.1:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:388
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:395
msgid ""
"These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
"various area features that affect build flags.  The "
"B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas.  See the B<FEATURE AREAS> section for "
"details."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:397
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configuration files"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:401
msgid "System wide configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:401
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:404
msgid "User configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "B</usr/share/dpkg/buildflags.mk>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:409
msgid ""
"Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
"by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:412
msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a makefile:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:416
#, no-wrap
msgid "$(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:418
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\&./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:423
msgid ""
"To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, \"eval\" can be used "
"to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:427
#, no-wrap
msgid "eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:431
msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:436
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
"for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:446
msgid ""
"You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
"B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
"system.  Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
"1.16.1)  exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on "
"this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:449
msgid ""
"For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
"options to configure or B<make>(1) directly, as shown above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:454
msgid ""
"For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
"which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
"B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
"storing the build flags in make variables."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:457
msgid ""
"If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
"picked up by your build system):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
"include /usr/share/dpkg/buildflags.mk\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:467
msgid ""
"For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
"variables (as none are exported by default):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"include /usr/share/dpkg/buildflags.mk\n"
"export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:476
msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"include /usr/share/dpkg/buildflags.mk\n"
"build-arch:\n"
"\\&\t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-12-12"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25
msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:34
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
"Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<1.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39
msgid ""
"It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables "
"(see B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --"
"before-build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<2.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:42
msgid ""
"It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
"(unless B<-d> is specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<3.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:47
msgid ""
"If a specific target has been selected with the B<-T> or B<--target> option, "
"it calls that target and stops here. Otherwise it runs the B<preclean> hook "
"and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the build-tree (unless B<-"
"nc> is specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<4.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:51
msgid ""
"It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
"source package (unless a binary-only build has been requested with B<-b>, B<-"
"B> or B<-A>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<5.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:60
msgid ""
"It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
"runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
"target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<-S>). Note "
"that I<build-target> and I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> "
"(default case, or if B<-b> is specified), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-"
"arch> (if B<-B> or B<-G> are specified), or B<build-indep> and B<binary-"
"indep> (if B<-A> or B<-g> are specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<6.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:65
msgid ""
"It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
"changes> file.  Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-"
"genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<7.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:68
msgid ""
"It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> is specified, it will call "
"B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<8.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:70
msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<9.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:74
msgid ""
"It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
"file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
"command>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<10.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:79
msgid ""
"It runs the B<sign> hook and calls B<gpg2> or B<gpg> to sign the B<.dsc> "
"file (if any, unless B<-us> is specified or on UNRELEASED builds), and the "
"B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is specified or on UNRELEASED builds)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<11.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:81
msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:83 dpkg-genchanges.1:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:87
msgid ""
"Specifies a build limited to source and architecture independent packages.  "
"Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:91
msgid ""
"Specifies a build limited to source and architecture specific packages.  "
"Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:95
msgid ""
"Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or "
"distributed. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:95 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:99
msgid ""
"Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture dependent packages.  "
"Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:99 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-A>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:103
msgid ""
"Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture independent packages. "
"Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:103 dpkg-genchanges.1:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:107
msgid ""
"Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made.  Passed "
"to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:111
msgid ""
"Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built.  "
"This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--target=>I<target>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--target >I<target>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>I<target>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:122
msgid ""
"Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> after having setup the build environment and "
"stops the package build process here. If B<--as-root> is also given, then "
"the command is executed as root (see B<-r>). Note that official targets that "
"are required to be run as root by the Debian policy do not need this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--as-root>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126
msgid ""
"Only meaningful together with B<--target>. Requires that the target be run "
"with root rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126 dpkg-genchanges.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-si>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:128 dpkg-genchanges.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130 dpkg-genchanges.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sd>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:132 dpkg-genchanges.1:77 dpkg-gencontrol.1:58
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:410
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:134 dpkg-genchanges.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:136 dpkg-genchanges.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:138 dpkg-genchanges.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:141
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:146
msgid ""
"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the "
"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for "
"the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:151
msgid ""
"Specify the GNU system type we build for. It can be used in place of --host-"
"arch or as a complement to override the default GNU system type of the host "
"Debian architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:155
msgid ""
"Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for.  The "
"default value is the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:160
msgid ""
"Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for. It can be "
"used in place of --target-arch or as a complement to override the default "
"GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167
msgid ""
"Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list. The default "
"behavior is to build for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space "
"separated list) as the B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which "
"allows, for example, B<debian/rules> files to use this information for "
"conditional builds."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-j>[I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:185
msgid ""
"Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, number of jobs matching the "
"number of online processors if B<auto> is specified, or unlimited number if "
"I<jobs> is not specified, equivalent to the B<make>(1)  option of the same "
"name. Will add itself to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable, which should "
"cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option. Also adds "
"B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel=> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment "
"variable which allows debian/rules files to use this information for their "
"own purposes.  The B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel=> option in "
"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable will override the B<-j> value if "
"this option is given.  Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
"actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
"propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
"be inferred then the code will fallback to using an unlimited number."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:189
msgid ""
"Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied. This is the "
"default behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:189 dpkg-gensymbols.1:469
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:192
msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-nc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:197
msgid ""
"Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b> if nothing else has been "
"selected among B<-F>, B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-tc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:203
msgid ""
"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>)  "
"after the package has been built."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:227
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
"has been specified. Otherwise, if none has been specified, B<fakeroot> will "
"be used by default, if the command is present.  I<gain-root-command> should "
"start with the name of a program on the B<PATH> and will get as arguments "
"the name of the real command to run and the arguments it should take.  "
"I<gain-root-command> can include parameters (they must be space-separated) "
"but no shell metacharacters.  I<gain-root-command> might typically be "
"B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>.  B<su> is not suitable, since "
"it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments "
"individually to the command to be run."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:227
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238
msgid ""
"Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
"command with several standard parameters. With this option it's possible to "
"use another program invocation to build the package (it can include space "
"separated parameters).  Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard "
"rules file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/"
"make -f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:243
msgid ""
"Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
"referenced in the file. The command should take the B<.changes> pathname as "
"an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:243
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:248
msgid ""
"Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
"B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command>.  Can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:254
msgid ""
"Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
"will run at the times specified in the run steps. The hooks will always be "
"executed even if the following action is not performed (except for the "
"B<binary> hook)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:257
msgid ""
"Note: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if their "
"commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:259
msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:261
msgid "B<init preclean source build binary changes postclean check sign done>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:264
msgid ""
"The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
"will get applied to it before execution:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<%%>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:269
msgid "A single % character."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<%a>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:273
msgid ""
"A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
"performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<%p>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:276
msgid "The source package name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<%v>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:279
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<%s>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:282
msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<%u>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:285
msgid "The upstream version."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:294
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control (B<."
"dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the "
"B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg2> or B<gpg>. I<sign-command> will get "
"all the arguments that B<gpg2> or B<gpg> would have gotten. I<sign-command> "
"should not contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:297
msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:297
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-us>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:300
msgid "Do not sign the source package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-uc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:303
msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:303
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-sign>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:307
msgid ""
"Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
"B<-us> or B<-uc> or other internal heuristics."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:307
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:309
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:311
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:313
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:316
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:320
msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source>.  Can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:324
msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>.  Can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: TQ
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:326
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:330 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42 dpkg-query.1:159
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:250 dpkg-trigger.1:60
msgid ""
"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
"lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:338
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:342
msgid ""
"If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file.  "
"Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:342
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:346
msgid ""
"If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes> and B<.dsc> files.  "
"Overridden by the B<-k> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:350
msgid ""
"If set, and containing B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will be "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:350 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:355 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:80
msgid ""
"If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
"built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
"P> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:356
#, no-wrap
msgid "Reliance on exported environment flags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:360
msgid ""
"Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
"not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
"to retrieve the needed values."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:360
#, no-wrap
msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:364
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
"forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
"the build environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:366
#, no-wrap
msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:371
msgid ""
"Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
"flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
"values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:371
#, no-wrap
msgid "Default build targets"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:378
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
"since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages "
"of existing packages, and ease the transition, it will fallback to using the "
"B<build> target if B<make -f debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as "
"exit code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:382
msgid ""
"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
"arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:393
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-"
"genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<gpg2>(1), B<gpg>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-09-17"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23
msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36
msgid ""
"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:47
msgid ""
"Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines. Use when "
"only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with B<-B> when only a "
"source package is to be built."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:52
msgid ""
"Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
"only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
"source package is to be built."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:58
msgid ""
"Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
"I<debian/control> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a >I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:63
msgid ""
"Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
"the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
"the architecture of the current system."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P >I<profile>[B<,>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:68
msgid ""
"Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
"the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s). The argument "
"is a comma-separated list of profile names."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-distaddfile"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-05-04"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:22
msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:26
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:31
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:36
msgid ""
"It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
"priority for the B<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:44
msgid ""
"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:46 dpkg-genchanges.1:131 dpkg-gencontrol.1:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:50 dpkg-gencontrol.1:93
msgid ""
"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
"B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:58 dpkg-genchanges.1:166 dpkg-gencontrol.1:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/files>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:63
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared.  "
"B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-deb"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-08-20"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:24
msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:32
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:36
msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:46
msgid ""
"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
"and run it for you."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:60
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:72
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
"the name of the binary package being built.  B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
"control information directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:79
msgid ""
"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
"the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:81
msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:97
msgid ""
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:100
msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:105
msgid ""
"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
"the contents of the package as well as its control file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:113
msgid ""
"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
"2."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:120
msgid ""
"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
"name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:123
msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:127
msgid ""
"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole "
"control file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:136
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:138
msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:144
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:148
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:154
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:158
msgid ""
"I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
"permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:165
msgid ""
"Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>)  with B<--verbose> (B<-v>)  which prints a "
"listing of the files extracted as it goes."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:170
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
"directory, and the control information files into a DEBIAN subdirectory of "
"the specified directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:172 dpkg-deb.1:201
msgid ""
"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:181
msgid ""
"Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
"output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with B<tar>(1)  this "
"can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive.  "
"The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:190
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1)  this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive.  The input archive will "
"always be processed sequentially."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:194
msgid ""
"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
"specified directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:198
msgid ""
"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
"directory is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:209
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:214 dpkg-query.1:168
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:223
msgid ""
"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" "
"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the "
"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including "
"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the "
"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:225
msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:232
msgid ""
"Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
"building a package (default is 9 for gzip and bzip2, 6 for xz and lzma).  "
"The accepted values are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for gzip "
"and 0 mapped to 1 for bzip2. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 was equivalent to "
"compressor none for all compressors."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:232
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:238
msgid ""
"Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
"building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are I<none> (since "
"dpkg 1.16.4), I<filtered>, I<huffman>, I<rle> and I<fixed> for gzip (since "
"dpkg 1.17.0) and I<extreme> for xz."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:243
msgid ""
"Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
"values are I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2> (deprecated), I<lzma> (deprecated), and "
"I<none> (default is I<xz>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:243
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--uniform-compression>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:250
msgid ""
"Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
"members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>). Otherwise only the B<data."
"tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported compression types "
"allowed to be uniformly used are I<none>, I<gzip> and I<xz>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:255
msgid ""
"Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0).  "
"Allowed values are I<2.0> for the new format, and I<0.939000> for the old "
"one (default is I<2.0>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:260
msgid ""
"The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
"obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
"dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
"only."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:260
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:263
msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<--deb-format=2.0>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--old>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:266
msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<--deb-format=0.939000>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:272 start-stop-daemon.8:307
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:276
msgid ""
"Enables verbose output. This currently only affects B<--extract> making it "
"behave like B<--vextract>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:279
msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:285
msgid ""
"If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
"temporary files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:293
msgid ""
"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:299
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:307
msgid ""
"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
"straightforward checksum.  (Higher level tools like APT support "
"authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
"packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
"Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:312
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-divert"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:24
msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:29
msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:33
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
"diversions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:43
msgid ""
"File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1)  not to install a file "
"into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
"'conffiles') need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
"version of a package which contains those files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:48
msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove>I< file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:51
msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:54
msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:58
msgid ""
"Print the name of the package that diverts I<file>.  Prints LOCAL if I<file> "
"is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not diverted."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--truename>I< file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:61
msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:71 dselect.1:65
#: update-alternatives.8:345
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:67
msgid ""
"Set the B<dpkg> data directory to I<directory> (default: I</var/lib/dpkg>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:71
msgid ""
"I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
"other packages, will be diverted."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--local>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:77
msgid ""
"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted.  This "
"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified "
"version."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--package>I< package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:82
msgid ""
"I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
"diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:82 dpkg-statoverride.8:83 update-alternatives.8:367
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:85
msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:89
msgid ""
"Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
"in case the destination file already exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:92
msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:100 dpkg-query.1:285 dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dpkg-trigger.1:82
#: update-alternatives.8:381
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:104 dpkg-query.1:289 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 dpkg-trigger.1:86
msgid ""
"If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
"as the B<dpkg> data directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:108
msgid ""
"If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
"B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:115
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
"located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
"important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:118
msgid ""
"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension I<-"
"old>, before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:123
msgid ""
"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
"When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:125
msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:131
msgid ""
"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8)  "
"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
"library.  Because B<ldconfig> doesn't honour diverts (only B<dpkg> does), "
"the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted "
"library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:136
msgid ""
"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:138
msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:140 dpkg-divert.8:150
msgid "To remove that diversion:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:142
msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:146
msgid ""
"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:148
msgid ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:152
msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-09-24"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:24
msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:36
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
"upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:42
msgid ""
"Specifies that only source and architecture independent packages should be "
"uploaded (no architecture specific packages will be included)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:46
msgid ""
"Specifies that only source and architecture specific packages should be "
"uploaded (no architecture independent packages will be included)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:55
msgid ""
"Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place (no source files are to "
"be included). There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-A>, the "
"produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were created by the "
"B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:59
msgid ""
"Specifies that only the source should be uploaded (no binary packages will "
"be included)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:64
msgid ""
"The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
"included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e.  B<-b> or B<-"
"B> haven't been used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:70
msgid ""
"By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
"the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
"revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
"entry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:73
msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:76
msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:82
msgid ""
"Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
"I<version> to be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:88
msgid ""
"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:94
msgid ""
"Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
"for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
"control file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:100
msgid ""
"Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
"for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
"changelog."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:100 dpkg-gencontrol.1:61 dpkg-source.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:104 dpkg-source.1:156
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable.  See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a "
"discussion of output substitution."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:104 dpkg-gencontrol.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:204
#: dpkg-source.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:114
msgid ""
"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
"substvars>.  No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
"output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the field of "
"the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
"variables from multiple files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:115 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 dpkg-source.1:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:118 dpkg-gencontrol.1:76 dpkg-source.1:165
msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:118 dpkg-gencontrol.1:76 dpkg-source.1:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:121 dpkg-gencontrol.1:79 dpkg-source.1:168
msgid "Remove an output control file field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:126 dpkg-gencontrol.1:84
msgid ""
"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
"is B<debian/control>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:126 dpkg-gencontrol.1:84 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:37
#: dpkg-source.1:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:131 dpkg-gencontrol.1:89
msgid ""
"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:135
msgid ""
"Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
"files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:135 dpkg-gencontrol.1:93 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:43
#: dpkg-source.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:139 dpkg-gencontrol.1:97 dpkg-source.1:148
msgid ""
"Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)  for "
"information about alternative formats."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:150
msgid ""
"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:150 dpkg-gensymbols.1:458
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:158
msgid ""
"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
"uploaded.  B<-q> suppresses these messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:173
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared.  "
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21 dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-09-06"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:24
msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:34
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
"control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:47
msgid ""
"Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
"simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
"according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
"any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
"to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it "
"keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
"order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
"must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
"the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:52
msgid ""
"The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
"and B<Provides>)  are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
"the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
"field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:56
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
"files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:61
msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:65
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion "
"of output substitution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:73
msgid ""
"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
"substvars>.  This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
"variables from multiple files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:79 dpkg-source.1:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:97 dpkg-gensymbols.1:406
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:104
msgid ""
"Generate information for the binary package I<package>.  If the source "
"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
"generate."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:109
msgid ""
"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
"package_version_arch.deb filename."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:118
msgid ""
"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
"build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
"file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old "
"behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:118 dpkg-gensymbols.1:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:131
msgid ""
"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<package-build-dir> "
"instead of B<debian/tmp>.  This value is used to find the default value of "
"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using "
"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:131 dpkg-gensymbols.1:425 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:141
msgid ""
"Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified), "
"rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<package-build-dir>B</"
"DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/control>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:154
msgid ""
"The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:160
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared.  "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
"control files it generates here."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:23
msgid ""
"dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
"information)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:27
msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:34
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
"looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
"file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
"build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:38
msgid ""
"When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
"the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is "
"found):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:40
msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42
msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:44
msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:46
msgid "debian/symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:54
msgid ""
"The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
"associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
"to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
"manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
"without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
"maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
"gensymbols> helps with that."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:60
msgid ""
"When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
"B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions.  Furthermore "
"if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
"how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:78
msgid ""
"The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
"the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them "
"every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version "
"matches reality.  The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a "
"starting point, but the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the "
"behaviour of those symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything "
"using those symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with "
"the old version.  In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/"
"I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's "
"recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version "
"so that backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version "
"still satisfy the generated dependencies.  If the Debian revision can't be "
"dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, "
"then one should suffix the version with \"~\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:82
msgid ""
"Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
"check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
"patch should ideally only add new lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:87
msgid ""
"Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with '#' as the "
"first character is a comment except if it starts with '#include' (see "
"section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with '#MISSING:' are special "
"comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:95
msgid ""
"Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased.  There "
"is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
"or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
"for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
"they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce "
"hard to find bugs with (partial)  upgrades."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:103
msgid ""
"In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures.  "
"To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
"the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during "
"installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, "
"I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using symbol tags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:110
msgid ""
"Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way.  "
"Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
"all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
"gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection "
"B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:122
msgid ""
"Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
"allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
"with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags "
"are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value "
"which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and "
"values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
"special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
"specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
"to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
"the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
"until the first space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:126
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
" (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
" untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:132
msgid ""
"The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
"tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
"no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
"with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
"untagged symbol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:144
msgid ""
"Since symbol tags are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format, they can "
"only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
"should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
"embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
"B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the B<deb-"
"symbols>(5) format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
"of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, "
"in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and "
"unknown ones)  are kept in the output and are written in their original form "
"as they were loaded."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "Standard symbol tags"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:155
msgid ""
"A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
"that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
"optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
"package revision.  This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
"that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
"the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
"MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
"to the \"existing\" status with its minimum version unchanged."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:160
msgid ""
"This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
"do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
"fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
"arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
"optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:173
msgid ""
"This tag allows one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol is "
"supposed to exist. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols "
"discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern "
"the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an "
"arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist "
"in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause "
"B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol "
"is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
"architecture is not listed in the tag), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the "
"arch tag is dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this "
"change), but it is not considered as new."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:179
msgid ""
"When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
"only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
"symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
"from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
"template mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:186
msgid ""
"The format of I<architecture list> is the same as the one used in the "
"B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
"brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
"considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
"on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:190
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)a_64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
" (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
" (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:198
msgid ""
"dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear "
"in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
"details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those "
"symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with "
"B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain "
"libraries like libgcc."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:198 dpkg-gensymbols.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<c++>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:202
msgid ""
"Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:202 dpkg-gensymbols.1:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<symver>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:206
msgid ""
"Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol "
"patterns> subsection below."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:206 dpkg-gensymbols.1:291
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<regex>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:210
msgid ""
"Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection "
"below."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using symbol patterns"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:218
msgid ""
"Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
"symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
"pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
"counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
"is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
"of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
"considered as new."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:226
msgid ""
"A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. "
"By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-c1> or "
"higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be "
"marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
"anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
"symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
"I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:233
msgid ""
"Patterns are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format hence they are "
"only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any "
"different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of "
"the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
"I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
"pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:235
msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:247
msgid ""
"This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
"their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This "
"pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
"across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
"One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
"specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
"case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
"virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
"32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit "
"ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:253
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
" [...]\n"
" (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
" [...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:255
msgid ""
"The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:257
#, no-wrap
msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:265
msgid ""
"Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
"this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
"symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
"non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
"constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
"for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should "
"not degrade quality of the symbol file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:272
msgid ""
"This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have "
"versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version "
"where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> "
"pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:279
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
" (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
" [...]\n"
" (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
" access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:285
msgid ""
"All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
"minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
"access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
"version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
"because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:290
msgid ""
"Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
"in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
"new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
"2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
"behaviour is needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:298
msgid ""
"Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
"the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
"expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
"I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
"string. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:303
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
" (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
" (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:308
msgid ""
"Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", \"mystack_pop@Base"
"\" etc.  will be matched by the first pattern while e.g. "
"\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't.  The second pattern will match all symbols "
"having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will inherit "
"I<optional> tag from the pattern."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:313
msgid ""
"Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
"case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
"example, both"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:316
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n"
" (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:326
msgid ""
"will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
"\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
"pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
"name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
"matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
"symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
"demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
"the whole pattern.  Therefore, for example, "
"\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of "
"the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:332
msgid ""
"In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
"and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
"basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1))  "
"while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
"symbol.  Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:339
msgid ""
"When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
"then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
"matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
"first success.  Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
"file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
"based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:339
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using includes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:344
msgid ""
"When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
"inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
"directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:348
msgid ""
"You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
"file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:350
msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:352
msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:354
msgid "(tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:359
msgid ""
"As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
"to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to "
"create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific "
"symbol files:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
" (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n"
" (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n"
"  common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:373
msgid ""
"The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
"processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
"the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
"directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
"contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
"directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
"values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
"way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:378
msgid ""
"An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
"library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read.  "
"However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
"do it is the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
" arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:381
#, no-wrap
msgid "Good library management"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:384
msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:388
msgid ""
"its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
"are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:391
msgid ""
"ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
"changes and API extension;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:394
msgid ""
"it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
"workaround)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:402
msgid ""
"While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
"disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
"and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
"changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
"been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
"should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
"specific work-around."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:406
msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:410
msgid ""
"Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
"in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:414
msgid ""
"Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
"changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:421
msgid ""
"Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
"libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
"B<File::Glob>(3perl) manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match "
"multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-"
"e>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:425
msgid ""
"Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
"integrated in the package itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:438
msgid ""
"Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
"specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
"dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
"its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file.  You can use "
"this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
"version of your library."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:447
msgid ""
"Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
"with B<deb-symbols>(5). The main difference is that in the template mode "
"symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
"post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode.  "
"Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard B<deb-"
"symbols>(5) file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
"are always written to the symbol file template."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:447
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:455
msgid ""
"Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
"template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing "
"levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never "
"fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some "
"new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have "
"disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:458
msgid ""
"This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
"B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:464
msgid ""
"Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
"template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
"libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
"output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:464
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:469
msgid ""
"Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
"option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
"binaries are already available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:474
msgid ""
"Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
"gensymbols> does."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:474
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:480
msgid ""
"Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
"as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
"comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:489
msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:491
msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:493
msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:495
msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-09-01"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:22
msgid ""
"dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
"scripts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:26
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
"parameter>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:30
msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:32
msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:34
msgid ""
"B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
"[I<package>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:36
msgid ""
"B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:38
msgid ""
"B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:44
msgid ""
"This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
"tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
"decisions or due to current limitations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:51
msgid ""
"Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
"scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
"the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
"automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable "
"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
"have to forward after a double hyphen."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prior-version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:61
msgid ""
"Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
"operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
"the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
"with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
"operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
"and have the operation tried only once)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:67
msgid ""
"If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
"modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
"version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
"preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
"This applies to all other actions in the same way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:76
msgid ""
"For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
"I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to "
"be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
"B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
"version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
"performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
"should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:82
msgid ""
"The package name. When the package is \"Multi-Arch: same\", this parameter "
"must include the architecture qualifier. If empty or omitted, the "
"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable (as set by B<dpkg>) will be "
"used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-->"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:86
msgid ""
"All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
"program after B<-->."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:96
msgid ""
"When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
"(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
"is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
"this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
"the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
"away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
"maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
"scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:101
msgid ""
"This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
"must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
"implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
"scripts."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "Removing a conffile"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:108
msgid ""
"If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
"the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
"preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
"should not disappear."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:111
msgid ""
"All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
"B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:114
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n"
"        I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:116
msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
msgstr "I<配置文件> 参数是要移除的配置文件名。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:125
msgid ""
"Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
"modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
"modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
"B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
"for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
"removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
"original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
"bak> file kept up to now."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "Renaming a conffile"
msgstr "重命名配置文件"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:133
msgid ""
"If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
"you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change "
"to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user "
"being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are "
"not responsible of them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:137 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:169
msgid ""
"Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n"
"        I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:143
msgid ""
"I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
"to rename."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:151
msgid ""
"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
"modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
"conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
"conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
"I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
"B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
msgstr "符号链接和目录切换"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:157
msgid ""
"When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
"a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be "
"left as is."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
msgstr "将符号链接切换为目录"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:165
msgid ""
"If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
"unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
"B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
"case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\e\n"
"        I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:177
msgid ""
"I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
"directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
"name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
"relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:185
msgid ""
"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
"points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
"renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
"removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
"symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames I<pathname>B<."
"dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
msgstr "将目录切换为符号链接"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:194
msgid ""
"If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
"unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
"the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
"case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
"locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:198
msgid ""
"Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\e\n"
"        I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:206
msgid ""
"I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
"symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
"the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the "
"directory containing I<pathname>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:221
msgid ""
"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
"not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
"pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
"is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
"the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
"directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
"directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
"directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
"staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
"renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:227
msgid ""
"When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
"maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
"example B<dh_installdeb>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:234
msgid ""
"Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
"unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
"version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on "
"the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for "
"B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "    B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.14)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:241
msgid ""
"But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
"package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
"if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
"B<dpkg>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
"        dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
"    fi\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:250
msgid ""
"The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
"B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
"and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
"case the environment is not sufficient."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:253
msgid "B<dh_installdeb>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:21
msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:25
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:32
msgid ""
"This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
"generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
"file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:43
msgid ""
"Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
"not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
"version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
"version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
"1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
"available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
"is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available \\[em] "
"it's part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl \\[em] otherwise you get a "
"global conflict on the content of the entry)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:50
msgid ""
"Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
"comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:55
msgid ""
"This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
"its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
"2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
"changelog entry that has evolved over time."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "LIMITATIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:67
msgid ""
"Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge.  "
"This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not "
"supposed to be there, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:73
msgid ""
"If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
"repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
"or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
"     name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
"     driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:81
msgid ""
"Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
"either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
"attributes>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-name.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-name"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-name.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-04-15"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:22
msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:42
msgid ""
"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
"package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
"I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
"optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
"type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:47
msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:50
msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:54
msgid ""
"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
"destination filename."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:66
msgid ""
"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
"I<section>'. If the section is not found in the control, then `no-section' "
"is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections `non-free' and "
"`contrib' the target directory is `I<section>/binary-I<architecture>'. The "
"section field isn't required so a lot of packages will find their way to the "
"`no-section' area. Use this option with care, it's messy."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:71
msgid ""
"This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
"isn't found it will be created automatically.  B<Use this option with care.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:87
msgid ""
"Some packages don't follow the name structure "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>.  Packages renamed by "
"B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
"on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other "
"installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:94
msgid ""
"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
"of `bar-foo.deb')."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:99
msgid ""
"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
"subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
"no architecture information."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:105
msgid ""
"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
"packages don't come with section information.  B<Don't do this.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:108
msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:115
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-07-06"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:25
msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:35
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
"machine-readable form."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:43
msgid ""
"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A '-' can be used to "
"specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:49
msgid ""
"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
"the I<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<libdir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:56
msgid ""
"Specify an additional directory to search for parser scripts.  This "
"directory is searched before the default directories which are currently B</"
"usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> and B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:60
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0).  The field name "
"is not printed, only its value."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "Parser Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:71
msgid ""
"The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
"parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output. They need to "
"be supported by the parser script in question. See also B<NOTES>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--file>I< file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:74
msgid "Set the changelog filename to parse. Default is '-' (standard input)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:78
msgid ""
"Set the name of the changelog file to use in error messages, instead of "
"using the name from the B<--file> option, or its default value."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--format>I< output-format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87
msgid ""
"Set the output format. Currently supported values are I<dpkg> and "
"I<rfc822>.  I<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
"existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control "
"format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then "
"most fields are taken from the most recent entry, except otherwise stated:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:>I< version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:98
msgid ""
"The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
"concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Date:>I< date>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:105
msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:112
msgid ""
"The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
"valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
"single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact "
"content depends on the changelog format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:116
msgid ""
"The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
"fields are mandatory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:118
msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122
msgid ""
"The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph "
"for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:125
msgid "include all changes later than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:128
msgid "include all changes earlier than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:131
msgid "include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:134
msgid "include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:138
msgid ""
"include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
"than 0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:142
msgid ""
"change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
"if I<number> is lower than 0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:142 update-alternatives.8:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:146
msgid ""
"include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:150
msgid ""
"It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
"parser for that alternative format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:155
msgid ""
"In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
"included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
"regular expression: \\(lqB<\\eschangelog-format:\\es+([0-9a-z]+)\\eW>\\(rq.  "
"The part in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "       @@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:159
msgid "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of alphanumerics."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:166
msgid ""
"If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
"as B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog/>I<otherformat> or B</usr/local/lib/dpkg/"
"parsechangelog/>I<otherformat>; it is an error for it not being present or "
"not being an executable program.  The default changelog format is B<debian>, "
"and a parser for it is provided by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:172
msgid ""
"The parser will be invoked with the changelog open on standard input at the "
"start of the file. It should read the file (it may seek if it wishes)  to "
"determine the information required and return the parsed information to "
"standard output in the format specified by the B<--format> option.  It "
"should accept all B<Parser Options>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:176
msgid ""
"If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
"a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
"stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:180
msgid ""
"If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
"this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
"attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:184
msgid ""
"If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should exit "
"with a nonzero exit status, rather than trying to muddle through and "
"possibly generating incorrect output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:186
msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:192
msgid ""
"All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg "
"1.14.16. Third party parsers for changelog formats other than I<debian> "
"might not support all options."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:199
msgid ""
"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-query"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-04-03"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:24
msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:32
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
"B<dpkg> database."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:44
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones "
"marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). "
"Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note "
"you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell "
"from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all package "
"names starting with ``libc6'':"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "  B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:51
msgid ""
"The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
"status, and errors, in that order."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:53
msgid "Desired action:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  u = Unknown\n"
"  i = Install\n"
"  h = Hold\n"
"  r = Remove\n"
"  p = Purge\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:62
msgid "Package status:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  n = Not-installed\n"
"  c = Config-files\n"
"  H = Half-installed\n"
"  U = Unpacked\n"
"  F = Half-configured\n"
"  W = Triggers-awaiting\n"
"  t = Triggers-pending\n"
"  i = Installed\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:74
msgid "Error flags:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n"
"  R = Reinst-required\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:82
msgid ""
"An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
"severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above "
"states and flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:87
msgid ""
"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>)  and B<--"
"showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:96
msgid ""
"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
"showformat> option.  The default output format gives one line per matching "
"package, each line having the name (extended with the architecture qualifier "
"for B<Multi-Arch> B<same> packages) and installed version of the package, "
"separated by a tab."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:102
msgid ""
"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the "
"installed package status database. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, "
"the requested status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same "
"order as specified on the argument list."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:109
msgid ""
"List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
"I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an "
"empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list.  However, "
"note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not "
"listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:113
msgid ""
"List control files installed to your system from I<package-name>.  These can "
"be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:117
msgid ""
"Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
"the standard output."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:122
msgid ""
"List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name>.  "
"If I<control-file> is specified then only list the path for that control "
"file if it is present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:130
msgid ""
"B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
"internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
"control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
"end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where this "
"command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm maintainer "
"script), and while there is no good solution for that, this command will not "
"get removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:136
msgid ""
"Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern.  "
"Standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern.  This command will not "
"list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list "
"alternatives."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:142
msgid ""
"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/"
"available>. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, the requested "
"I<available> entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
"specified on the argument list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:147
msgid ""
"Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> "
"instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using "
"B<dselect>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--load-avail>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:163
msgid ""
"Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
"commands, which now default to only querying the status file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:170
msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:175
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    B<\\en>  newline\n"
"    B<\\er>  carriage return\n"
"    B<\\et>  tab\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:180
msgid ""
"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning "
"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<"
"$>\\(rq."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:188
msgid ""
"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. "
"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case "
"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they "
"are not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or "
"fields stored in the binary package end up in it):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    B<Architecture>\n"
"    B<Bugs>\n"
"    B<Conffiles> (internal)\n"
"    B<Config-Version> (internal)\n"
"    B<Conflicts>\n"
"    B<Breaks>\n"
"    B<Depends>\n"
"    B<Description>\n"
"    B<Enhances>\n"
"    B<Essential>\n"
"    B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n"
"    B<Homepage>\n"
"    B<Installed-Size>\n"
"    B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n"
"    B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n"
"    B<Maintainer>\n"
"    B<Origin>\n"
"    B<Package>\n"
"    B<Pre-Depends>\n"
"    B<Priority>\n"
"    B<Provides>\n"
"    B<Recommends>\n"
"    B<Replaces>\n"
"    B<Revision> (obsolete)\n"
"    B<Section>\n"
"    B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n"
"    B<Source>\n"
"    B<Status> (internal)\n"
"    B<Suggests>\n"
"    B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)\n"
"    B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n"
"    B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n"
"    B<Version>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:228
msgid ""
"The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
"from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
"control files):"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<binary:Package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:235
msgid ""
"It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
"like \"libc6:amd64\" (since dpkg 1.16.2). The architecture qualifier will "
"only be present if the package has a B<Multi-Arch> field with a value of "
"B<same>. This makes the package name unambiguous."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:238
msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:242
msgid ""
"It contains the abbreviated package status, such as \\(lqii\\(rq (since dpkg "
"1.16.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:246
msgid ""
"It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
"1.17.11)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:246
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:250
msgid ""
"It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
"1.17.11)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:254
msgid ""
"It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
"dpkg 1.17.11)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:254
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<source:Package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:258
msgid ""
"It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
"1.16.2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:262
msgid ""
"It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
"1.16.2)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:269
msgid ""
"The default format string is \\(lqB<${binary:Package}\\et${Version}\\en>"
"\\(rq.  Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user "
"defined fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, "
"no conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
"B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "  B<dpkg-query -W -f=\\(aq${binary:Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en\\(aq dpkg>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-query.1:274 dpkg-split.1:196 start-stop-daemon.8:311
#: update-alternatives.8:371
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:275 dpkg-split.1:197 start-stop-daemon.8:312
#: start-stop-daemon.8:341 update-alternatives.8:372
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<0>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:278
msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:278 dpkg-split.1:203 start-stop-daemon.8:322
#: start-stop-daemon.8:344
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<1>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:283
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing the "
"query, including no file or package being found (except for B<--control-"
"path>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:293
msgid ""
"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the "
"width of its output."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-05-07"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:24
msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:32
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:45
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the "
"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use "
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
"install on a cluster of machines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:57
msgid ""
"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you "
"will probably need to compress the file with B<bzip2>(1)  (generating a "
"Packages.bz2 file) or B<gzip>(1)  (generating a Packages.gz file). apt "
"ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e.  B<file://> "
"sources)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64
msgid ""
"I<binary-dir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for "
"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>).  It is best to make this relative to the "
"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages "
"file will start with this string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:69
msgid ""
"I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
"about how the package fits into the distribution (it can be a compressed "
"file); see B<deb-override>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:72
msgid ""
"I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:76
msgid ""
"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
"architecture only the first one found is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81
msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 dpkg-scansources.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 dpkg-scansources.1:73
msgid ""
"Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed). "
"See B<deb-extra-override>(5)  for more information on its format."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
msgid ""
"Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
"scanning for all debs."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:96
msgid ""
"Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified.  The "
"default is to generate all currently supported hashes.  Supported values: "
"B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:99
msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:104
msgid ""
"Add an X-Medium field containing the value I<id-string>. This field is "
"required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> files for use by the multicd "
"access method of dselect."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:257 dpkg-source.1:685
#: update-alternatives.8:475
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:117
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), "
"B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-scansources"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:23
msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:36
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files.  These "
"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:47
msgid ""
"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
"files. The file can be compressed. See B<deb-override>(5)  for the format of "
"this file. Note: Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source "
"packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses "
"the highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file "
"for the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first "
"binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. "
"This might change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:51
msgid ""
"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:62
msgid ""
"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8)  "
"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1)  (generating a "
"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local "
"access (i.e.  B<file://> sources)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scansources.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:67
msgid ""
"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
"name."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scansources.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:77
msgid ""
"Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed).  The "
"default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> appended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:83
msgid ""
"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
"the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scansources.1:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:85
msgid "Turn debugging on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:93
msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:25
msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:43
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
"field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
"variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:66
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
"dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each "
"binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries "
"that it's linked with.  Then, for each library, it looks up either the "
"I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if "
"debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
"supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
"as /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>."
"I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
"file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
"use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
"the library."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "Symbols files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:71
msgid ""
"Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
"minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
"tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
"following places (first match is used):"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:79
msgid ""
"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>.  They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1).  "
"They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
"symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
"other binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:84
msgid ""
"Per-system overriding shared library dependency information.  I<arch> is the "
"architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
"qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols\\(rq"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:88 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:123
msgid ""
"Package-provided shared library dependency information.  Unless overridden "
"by B<--admindir>, those files are located in /var/lib/dpkg."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:95
msgid ""
"While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
"the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
"process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
"used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:102
msgid ""
"As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
"Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the "
"minimal version required by the corresponding package in the B<Build-"
"Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version "
"computed by scanning symbols."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shlibs files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:106
msgid ""
"Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
"at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
"and easy to handle."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:109
msgid ""
"The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
"file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:111
msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.override"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:113
msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:119
msgid ""
"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>.  They are only used if the library is found in a "
"package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
"over shlibs files from other binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs\\(rq"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:125
msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:129
msgid ""
"The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
"filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
"than another dependency)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:134
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:139
msgid ""
"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
"I<executable>.  This option can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:145
msgid ""
"Add I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
"libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:150
msgid ""
"Note: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
"environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
"to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
"compiling for example."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:156
msgid ""
"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
"I<dependency-field>.  (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:166
msgid ""
"The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>.  The default "
"I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:174
msgid ""
"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
"one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
"representing the most important dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:185
msgid ""
"Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
">.  Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
"prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>)  are removed from the the substitution "
"variables file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:191
msgid ""
"Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
"specified), rather than being added to the substitution variables file "
"(B<debian/substvars> by default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:198
msgid ""
"Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
"type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
"information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency "
"information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
"type, a colon, and whitespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:204
msgid ""
"Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
"file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:210
msgid ""
"Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
"substvars>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215
msgid ""
"Enable verbose mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
"shlibdeps> does."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:222
msgid ""
"Exclude the package from the generated dependencies. This is useful to avoid "
"self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF binaries (executables or "
"library plugins) using a library contained in the same package. This option "
"can be used multiple times to exclude several packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:229
msgid ""
"Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library. This is "
"useful when the source package builds multiple flavors of the same library "
"and you want to ensure that you get the dependency from a given binary "
"package. You can use this option multiple times: directories will be tried "
"in the same order before directories of other binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:235
msgid ""
"Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library.  "
"Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries should provide dependency "
"information (either with shlibs files, or with symbols files)  even if they "
"are not yet used by other packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:246
msgid ""
"I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>.  Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning \"symbol I<sym> used "
"by I<binary> found in none of the libraries\", bit 1 (value=2) enables the "
"warning \"package could avoid a useless dependency\" and bit 2 (value=4)  "
"enables the warning \"I<binary> should not be linked against I<library>\".  "
"The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active by default, the "
"last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings to be active."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "警告"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:266
msgid ""
"Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
"the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
"inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
"those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
"decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:272
msgid ""
"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
"with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
"of the linker)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:285
msgid ""
"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
"provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
"have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
"clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
"non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
"library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But "
"there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs "
"linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In "
"that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binary>B< was not linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:291
msgid ""
"None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
"symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid "
"the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is "
"also generated by another library that is really used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:291
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binaries>B< were not linked against >I<library>B< (they uses none of the library's symbols)>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:294
msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<binary>B< should not be linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:301
msgid ""
"The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
"problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
"obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the "
"same information than the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
"of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "错误"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:308
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
"binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
"shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned "
"(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a "
"SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:325
msgid ""
"The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
"has been unable to find the library.  B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
"directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
"binary, directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, directories added by the B<-"
"l> option, directories listed in the B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment "
"variable, and standard public directories (/lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/"
"lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it checks those directories in the "
"package's build tree of the binary being analyzed, in the packages' build "
"trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line option, in other packages' build "
"trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in "
"the root directory.  If the library is not found in any of those "
"directories, then you get this error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:331
msgid ""
"If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
"you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
"being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
"package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
"if it also is in a private directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:331
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:344
msgid ""
"The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
"I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
"information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
"map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S >I<library-"
"file>.  Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in /var/"
"lib/dpkg/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/DEBIAN/)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:358
msgid ""
"This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
"package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
"the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
"which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under "
"a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
"so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
"package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
"on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3))  but it might not always work. "
"It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:364
msgid ""
"Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
"information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
"might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:367
msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-source.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-source"
msgstr "dpkg-source"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-source.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-12-05"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:26
msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:30
msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:34
msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:38
msgid ""
"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
"argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:52
msgid ""
"Extract a source package.  The B<--extract> alias was added in dpkg "
"1.17.14.  One non-option argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian "
"source control file (B<.dsc>).  An optional second non-option argument may "
"be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source package to, this "
"must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the source package is "
"extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current "
"working directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:58
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
"package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
"as the B<.dsc>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:66
msgid ""
"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:71
msgid ""
"If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
"formats except \"1.0\"), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> "
"so that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:81
msgid ""
"Build a source package.  The B<--build> alias was added in dpkg 1.17.14.  "
"The first non-option argument is taken as the name of the directory "
"containing the debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and "
"maybe changes to the original files).  Depending on the source package "
"format used to build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:90
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
"this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
"option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". The "
"fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
"future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
"source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
"description of the various source package formats."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:96
msgid ""
"Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
"B<dpkg-source --build >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
"with the same parameters)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:106
msgid ""
"Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called "
"before any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early "
"even before B<debian/rules clean>). This command is idempotent and can be "
"called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this "
"hook, and those that do usually prepare the source tree for the build for "
"example by ensuring that the Debian patches are applied."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:114
msgid ""
"Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called "
"after any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This "
"command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
"formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually use it "
"to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:120
msgid ""
"Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory>. This command can "
"take supplementary parameters depending on the source format.  It will error "
"out for formats where this operation doesn't mean anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "Generic build options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:137
msgid ""
"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
"is B<debian/control>.  If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
"starting at the source tree's top level directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:144
msgid ""
"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>.  If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
"starting at the source tree's top level directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:152
msgid ""
"Use the given format for building the source package. It does override any "
"format given in B<debian/source/format>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:162
msgid ""
"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
"any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
"variables from multiple files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:176
msgid ""
"Specify the compression to use for created files (tarballs and diffs).  Note "
"that this option will not cause existing tarballs to be recompressed, it "
"only affects new files. Supported values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and "
"I<xz>.  The default is I<xz> for formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for "
"format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported since dpkg 1.15.5."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:182
msgid ""
"Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. "
"Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>.  The default is "
"I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> for xz and lzma."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:189
msgid ""
"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find "
"command.) (If the source package is being built as a version 3 source "
"package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore uncommited changes on "
"specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:196
msgid ""
"The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
"(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
"B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
"of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
"Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
"multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:206
msgid ""
"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
"the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and "
"want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the "
"additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, ."
"cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very exhaustive, but if you "
"need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a "
"path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full "
"filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. '(^|/)', "
"'($|/)') yourself."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:213
msgid ""
"The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
"B<--diff-ignore> and its current value (if set). It does this by "
"concatenating \"B<|>I<regex>\" to the existing value.  This option is "
"convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
"files from the automatic patch generation."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:222
msgid ""
"If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s B<--"
"exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file. For "
"example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ."
"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple "
"patterns to exclude."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:227
msgid ""
"B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
"control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
"backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:239
msgid ""
"B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
"different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a "
"perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
"relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
"filename pattern with shell wildcards.  The pattern is applied to the full "
"relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
"semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see https://"
"www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full documentation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:242
msgid ""
"The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
"the B<--help> command."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "Generic extract options"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:243
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-copy>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:246
msgid "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:246
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-check>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:249
msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:257
msgid ""
"Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
"signature that can be verified either with the user's I<trustedkeys.gpg> "
"keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of the official Debian "
"keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and I</usr/share/"
"keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:262
msgid ""
"Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning.  This "
"option should only be necessary when extracting ancient source packages with "
"broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:268
msgid ""
"If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
"\"3.0 (quilt)\" or \"3.0 (native)\". See https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
"DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 1.0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:273
msgid ""
"A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
"associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
"is said to be I<native>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:275 dpkg-source.1:443 dpkg-source.1:634 dpkg-source.1:673
msgid "B<Extracting>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:285
msgid ""
"Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
"the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
"unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
"B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
"extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
"to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
"files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove "
"files (empty files will be left over)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:287 dpkg-source.1:477 dpkg-source.1:645 dpkg-source.1:678
msgid "B<Building>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:293
msgid ""
"Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
"directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
"tarball in a separate \".orig\" directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> "
"by comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:295
msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:306
msgid ""
"If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
"original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
"Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument "
"is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile "
"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source "
"directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:312
msgid ""
"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:313
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sk>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:322
msgid ""
"Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>.  It will leave "
"this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
"directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
"I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:322 dpkg-source.1:391
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sp>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:327
msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:327 dpkg-source.1:397
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-su>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:335
msgid ""
"Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
"I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
"new original source archive from it."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:335
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sr>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:340
msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-ss>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:348
msgid ""
"Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
"tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
"tarfile to create the B<.dsc>.  This option must be used with care - if the "
"directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:348 dpkg-source.1:400
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sn>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:354
msgid ""
"Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff.  "
"The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for "
"Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and "
"therefore have no debianisation diffs."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:354
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:380
msgid ""
"Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
"directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
"(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>).  If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
"it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
"sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
"and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
"it will assume that the package has no debianisation diffs, only a "
"straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>).  If both are "
"found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
"sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>)  or raise an error if B<-"
"sa> was specified.  B<-sA> is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:380 dpkg-source.1:589
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:386
msgid ""
"The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
"the debian sub-directory. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/"
"options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:389
msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:391
msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:397
msgid ""
"Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
"tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
"existing but different file is there it will be copied there.  (B<This is "
"the default>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:400
msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:405
msgid ""
"Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
"nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
"still removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:410
msgid ""
"All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
"one only the last one will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:410 dpkg-source.1:603
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:413
msgid "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 2.0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:418
msgid ""
"Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-spread usage, "
"the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" replaces it. Wig&pen was the first specification "
"of a new-generation source package format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:423
msgid ""
"The behaviour of this format is the same as the \"3.0 (quilt)\" format "
"except that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in "
"B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be "
"valid patches: they are applied at extraction time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:426
msgid ""
"When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
"stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:427
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:433
msgid ""
"This format is an extension of the native package format as defined in the "
"1.0 format. It supports all compression methods and will ignore by default "
"any VCS specific files and directories as well as many temporary files (see "
"default value associated to B<-I> option in the B<--help> output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:434
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:441
msgid ""
"A source package in this format contains at least an original tarball (B<."
"orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a "
"debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It can also contain additional "
"original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>).  I<component> can "
"only contain alphanumeric characters and hyphens (\"-\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:452
msgid ""
"The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
"tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
"of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
"tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
"any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
"contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
"outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:464
msgid ""
"All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/"
"series> are then applied.  If the former file is used and the latter one "
"doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink "
"to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set "
"of patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
"files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
"after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
"options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option "
"of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, "
"and the build is likely to fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:469
msgid ""
"Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, patches are expected to apply "
"without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches "
"with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:472
msgid ""
"Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, the patches can remove files too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:475
msgid ""
"The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
"during the extraction."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:489
msgid ""
"All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
"temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
"debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
"except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
"changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
"directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
"empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
"has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch.  If "
"the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
"file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:497
msgid ""
"Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
"lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
"modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
"include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the "
"debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted through B<debian/"
"source/include-binaries>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:500
msgid ""
"The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
"to generate the debian tarball."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:506
msgid ""
"The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
"files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
"option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by "
"B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:515
msgid ""
"Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that all "
"patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always "
"has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are "
"listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the "
"first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them "
"all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:518
msgid "B<Recording changes>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:527
msgid ""
"Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
"the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
"name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. "
"If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the "
"local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor is launched so that "
"you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:533
msgid ""
"Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
"generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
"integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
"already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
"not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:538
msgid ""
"If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
"automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
"in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
"build> would do)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:540 dpkg-source.1:615 dpkg-source.1:654
msgid "B<Build options>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:540
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:548
msgid ""
"Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
"B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
"about it. Effectively this says that the given version of the B<quilt> "
"metadata is compatible with the version 2 that B<dpkg-source> currently "
"supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is stored in B<.pc/.version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:548
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-removal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:552
msgid ""
"Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
"patch."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:555
msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:555
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:560
msgid ""
"Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
"source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
"and this option is thus no more needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:560
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:564
msgid ""
"Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
"apparently unapplied."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:564
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:575
msgid ""
"Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
"changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
"build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained in "
"a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff "
"with upstream should be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in "
"B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a B<debian/source/"
"local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes can be best "
"reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:575
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:581
msgid ""
"Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
"if there are supplementary original tarballs. This option is meant to be "
"used when the source package is just a bundle of multiple upstream software "
"and where there's no \"main\" software."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:581
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:589
msgid ""
"By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
"after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build>. Those "
"options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch unapplication "
"process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/local-options> so "
"that all generated source packages have the same behavior by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:596
msgid ""
"The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated. This option can "
"be used to ensure that all changes were properly recorded in separate "
"B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. This option is not "
"allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-"
"options>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:596
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:600
msgid ""
"The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
"it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:603
msgid "B<Extract options>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:606
msgid "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:606
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:609
msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:610
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:613
msgid ""
"This format is special. It doesn't represent a real source package format "
"but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:619
msgid ""
"All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
"source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. "
"At least one file must be given."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:619
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:624
msgid ""
"B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package.  The "
"generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
"\"3.0 (custom)\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:625
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:627
msgid "This format is experimental."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:632
msgid ""
"A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
"repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package.  There may also be a B<."
"gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:638
msgid ""
"The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory.  If there "
"is a gitshallow file, it is installed as `.git/shallow` inside the cloned "
"git repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:643
msgid ""
"Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
"out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically \"master\", but "
"it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under `remotes/"
"origin/`."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:648 dpkg-source.1:681
msgid ""
"Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
"any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:652
msgid ""
"B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository.  By "
"default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:654
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:664
msgid ""
"Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
"default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
"multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It "
"may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For "
"example, to include only the master branch, use B<--git-ref=>master. To "
"include all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-"
"ref=>--all B<--git-ref=>^private"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:664
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:668
msgid ""
"Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
"revisions."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:668
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:671
msgid ""
"This format is experimental. It generates a single tarball containing the "
"bzr repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:676
msgid ""
"The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:685
msgid ""
"Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
"temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, "
"various cleanup are done to save space."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:686
#, no-wrap
msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:692
msgid ""
"The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
"desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format \"1.0\" is "
"assumed when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some "
"point in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file "
"doesn't exist."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:698
msgid ""
"The rationale is that format \"1.0\" is no longer the recommended format, "
"you should usually pick one of the newer formats (\"3.0 (quilt)\", \"3.0 "
"(native)\") but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you.  If "
"you want to continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it "
"and put \"1.0\" in B<debian/source/format>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:698
#, no-wrap
msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:705
msgid ""
"When using source format \"1.0\" it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
"files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
"diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian "
"directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can "
"also use the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" that offers this natively."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:705
#, no-wrap
msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:711
msgid ""
"Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
"changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
"plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
"type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
"will get this error message."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:711
#, no-wrap
msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:714
msgid ""
"Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
"recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:714
#, no-wrap
msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:718
msgid ""
"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
"permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
"of that fact."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:718
#, no-wrap
msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:722
msgid ""
"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
"are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:722
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILE FORMATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:723
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:727
msgid ""
"This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
"the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
"trailing spaces are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:727
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:731
msgid ""
"This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be "
"included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped.  "
"Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:737
msgid ""
"This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
"prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
"B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
"compression-level> are well suited for this file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:743
msgid ""
"Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting "
"with \"#\" are ignored. The leading \"--\" should be stripped and short "
"options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the \"=\" symbol "
"and optional quotes are allowed around the value.  Here's an example of such "
"a file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
"  compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
"  compression-level = 9\n"
"  # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
"  single-debian-patch\n"
"  # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
"  extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:754
msgid ""
"Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
"B<debian/source/format> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:754
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/local-options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:759
msgid ""
"Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
"in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied "
"to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
"maintained."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:759
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:763
msgid ""
"Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
"formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\". B<local-patch-header> is not included in "
"the generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:763
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/patches/series"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:772
msgid ""
"This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order)  on "
"top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
"stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty "
"lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to "
"the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end "
"of line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
"first \"#\" preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
"comment up to the end of line)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:775
msgid ""
"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
"output field settings is rather confused."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:778
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-split.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-split"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-split.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2011-07-04"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:22
msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:26
msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:32
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
"small media such as floppy disks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:36
msgid ""
"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:44
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:47
msgid ""
"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
"on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:52
msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:60
msgid ""
"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
"decimal)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:68
msgid ""
"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:72
msgid ""
"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
"as it was before it was split."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:76
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:81
msgid ""
"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:83
msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:86
msgid ""
"By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
"deb>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:92
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s)  "
"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:95
msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:100
msgid ""
"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:107
msgid ""
"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:113
msgid ""
"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
"not created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:120
msgid ""
"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
"with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
"B<2>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:127
msgid ""
"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>.  (If "
"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
"to expect.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:130
msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:134
msgid ""
"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
"stored in the queue."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:138
msgid ""
"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
"of their packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:143
msgid ""
"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:156
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:160
msgid ""
"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450 KiB."
msgstr "指定最大分块尺寸，单位为 kibibytes (1024 字节)。默认 450 KiB。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:163
msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:168
msgid ""
"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>)  and is "
"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:179
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--msdos>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:184
msgid ""
"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible."
msgstr "强制 B<--split> 输出 msdos 兼容的文件名。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:190
msgid ""
"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:195
msgid ""
"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:203
msgid ""
"The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded.  B<--info> commands "
"count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:210
msgid ""
"Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
"binary package part."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:210 start-stop-daemon.8:327 update-alternatives.8:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<2>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:215
msgid ""
"Some kind of trouble happened, such as a system call failure, a file that "
"looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a usage error or some "
"other problem."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:221
msgid ""
"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:226
msgid ""
"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
"filename format should not be relied upon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:230
msgid ""
"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
"digging into the queue directory yourself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:233
msgid ""
"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
"part is one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:238
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2013-04-01"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian project"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:22
msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:37
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1)  to use a different owner "
"or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any "
"filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, "
"etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be "
"install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
msgid ""
"Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist when this "
"command is used; the override will be stored and used later.  Users and "
"groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or "
"by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or "
"B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:54
msgid ""
"If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
"new owner and mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove>I< path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:58
msgid ""
"Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
"this command."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:63
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the "
"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:75
msgid ""
"Change the I<directory> of the B<dpkg> database where the statoverride file "
"is also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:75 update-alternatives.8:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it.  This "
"is necessary to override an existing override."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:83
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:86
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:99
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
"important to B<dpkg>, such as `status' or `available'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:102
msgid ""
"Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
"extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-trigger.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-trigger"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:21
msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:25
msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:28
msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:32
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
"support on the running B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:38
msgid ""
"This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
"where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
"file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and "
"by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run "
"by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:40
msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-supported>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:48
msgid ""
"Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
"postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
"with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just "
"to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:66
msgid ""
"Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
"naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
"default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-await>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:73
msgid ""
"This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the "
"processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added "
"to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged.  T may "
"be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the trigger."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--await>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:77
msgid ""
"This option does the inverse of B<--no-await>. It is currently the default "
"behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:80
msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:90
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-vendor.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-vendor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:21
msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:25
msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:30
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B</etc/"
"dpkg/origins>. B</etc/dpkg/origins/default> contains information about the "
"current vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:36
msgid ""
"Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with non-"
"zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:41
msgid ""
"Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
"I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the B<Parent> field to "
"browse all ancestors of the current vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--query>I< field>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:45
msgid ""
"Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
"current vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:58
msgid ""
"Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
"B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:64
msgid ""
"This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
"current vendor by reading B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:66
msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dselect.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "dselect"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dselect.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-08-11"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:25
msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:29
msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<action>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:38
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:50
msgid ""
"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
"and installable packages from package repositories.  Depending on the used "
"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
"internet, local archive servers or cdroms.  The recommended access method is "
"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:56
msgid ""
"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several command line "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:64
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
"configuration directory I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
"configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
"option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:70
msgid ""
"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>I< file >|I< >B<-D>I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:73
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:77
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+...>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:84
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors.  "
"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of "
"the screen.  The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:88
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:91
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:94
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:97
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:101
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:105
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
"currently selected package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:108
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:111
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:114
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:117
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:120
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:123
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:128
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:134
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, "
"bold"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:137
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:140
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:147
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following actions, either "
"directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
"with a menu of available actions if running interactively:"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:149
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:155
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, "
"I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, "
"I<floppy> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. "
"the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:157
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:160
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:167
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>.  These files can be generated by repository "
"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:170
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation.  "
"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:173
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:179
msgid ""
"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:186
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:189
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
"in more detail below."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:192
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:198
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>.  Depending "
"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
"before installation, or fetched when needed.  Some access methods may also "
"remove packages that were marked for removal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:206
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved.  If problems "
"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at https://bugs.debian."
"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
"these are installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:213
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation.  "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1)  library, "
"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:216
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:219
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:222
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:224
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dselect.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:244
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system.  In "
"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:250
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up.  The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:259
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half.  The top "
"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen.  The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:262
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:272
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
" - the control information for the available version\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:276
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
"causing it to be listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:282
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:293
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
"package name and its short description, all in one line.  By pressing the "
"B<'A'> key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
"toggled between on an off.  By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off.  By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand.  Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:299
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
"the current selection state.  The first two relate to the actual state of "
"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:317
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
" Error flag:\n"
"  I<empty>   no error\n"
"  B<R>       serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
" Installed state:\n"
"  I<empty>   not installed;\n"
"  B<*>       fully installed and configured;\n"
"  B<->       not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
"  B<U>       unpacked but not yet configured;\n"
"  B<C>       half-configured (an error happened);\n"
"  B<I>       half-installed (an error happened).\n"
" Current and requested selections:\n"
"  B<*>       marked for installation or upgrade;\n"
"  B<->       marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n"
"  B<=>       on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n"
"  B<_>       marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n"
"  B<n>       package is new and has yet to be marked.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:323
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:340
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  B<p, Up, k>           move cursor bar up\n"
"  B<n, Down, j>         move cursor bar down\n"
"  B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
"  B<N, Pgdn, Space>     scroll list 1 page down\n"
"  B<^p>                 scroll list 1 line up\n"
"  B<^n>                 scroll list 1 line down\n"
"  B<t, Home>            jump to top of list\n"
"  B<e, End>             jump to end of list\n"
"  B<u>                  scroll info 1 page up\n"
"  B<d>                  scroll info 1 page down\n"
"  B<^u>                 scroll info 1 line up\n"
"  B<^d>                 scroll info 1 line down\n"
"  B<B, Left-arrow>      pan display 1/3 screen left\n"
"  B<F, Right-arrow>     pan display 1/3 screen right\n"
"  B<^b>                 pan display 1 character left\n"
"  B<^f>                 pan display 1 character right\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:355
msgid ""
"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7)  regular expression.  If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
"i'> the search will be case insensitive.  You may combine these two suffixes "
"like this: B<'/id'>.  Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found.  If "
"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
"searching from there."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet          available           status\n"
" priority+section  available+priority  status+priority\n"
" section+priority  available+section   status+section\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:365
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"subordering sort key."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:366
#, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
"  B<+, Insert>    install or upgrade\n"
"  B<=, H>         hold in present state and version\n"
"  B<:, G>         unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n"
"  B<-, Delete>    remove, but leave configuration\n"
"  B<_>            remove & purge configuration\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:379
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:384
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:390
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:391
#, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:396
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:403
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
"removal can resolve any of the conflicts.  The bottom half defaults to show "
"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
"listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:409
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:417
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested.  Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:418
#, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:425
msgid ""
"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
"selections, the new selections will be set.  However, if there are any "
"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
"resolution screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:431
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:438
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:445
msgid ""
"If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
"selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the B<'C'> "
"key.  This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
"but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
"B<enter> by accident."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:452
msgid ""
"If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
"specific configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:458
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users.  "
"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:460
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:462
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:464
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:468
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:473
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "dselect.cfg"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "2011-07-03"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:22
msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:29
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
"except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
"hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:32
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:34
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:36
msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:40
msgid ""
"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
"contributed to B<dselect>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:42
msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "start-stop-daemon"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "2014-03-26"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:26
msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:30
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:36
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"system-level processes.  Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
"daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:57
msgid ""
"Note: unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similar to B<killall>(1).  B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
"pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
"start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
"TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
"stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to "
"live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:76
msgid ""
"Check for the existence of a specified process.  If such a process exists, "
"B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
"oknodo> is specified).  If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
"instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
"specified, by B<--startas>.  Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
"line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:94
msgid ""
"Checks for the existence of a specified process.  If such a process exists, "
"B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
"with error status 0.  If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
"exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
"specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
"terminated."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:98
msgid ""
"Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
"code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:101
msgid "Show usage information and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:104
msgid "Show the program version and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "Matching options"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:111
msgid ""
"Check for a process with the specified I<pid>. The I<pid> must be a number "
"greater than 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:115
msgid ""
"Check for a process with the specified I<ppid> (parent pid).  The I<ppid> "
"must be a number greater than 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:120
msgid ""
"Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>. Note: using this "
"matching option alone might cause unintended processes to be acted on, if "
"the old process terminated without being able to remove the I<pid-file>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
"I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname. Note: this might not "
"work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the executable will point to "
"the interpreter. Take into account processes running from inside a chroot "
"will also be matched, so other match restrictions might be needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:134
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
"usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
"itself. Note: on most systems this information is retrieved from the process "
"comm name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length "
"limit (assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:139
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>. "
"Note: using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching the "
"user to be acted on."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
#, no-wrap
msgid "Generic options"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:144
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:149
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"(default TERM)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:159
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
"process(es)  do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:170
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
"signal specified with B<--signal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:186
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
"schedule forever if necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:196
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2.  If a schedule is specified, "
"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:204
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>.  If not "
"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:208
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"no action."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:211
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:214
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:232
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>).  If a user is "
"specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used.  When "
"using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
"are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
"group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
"(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:232
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:238
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
"force it into the background.  B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check "
"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a "
"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense "
"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to "
"do this themselves."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:264
msgid ""
"Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the "
"background.  Used for debugging purposes to see the process output, or to "
"redirect file descriptors to log the process output.  Only relevant when "
"using B<--background>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:264
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:267
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:273
msgid ""
"This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
"starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> "
"followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 0. The currently supported "
"policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:280
msgid ""
"This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
"starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> "
"followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is "
"B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The currently supported values "
"for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and B<real-time>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:283
msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:283
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:299
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
"the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
"pidfile> is used.  B<NOTE:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most "
"notably when the program being executed forks from its main process. Because "
"of this, it is usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:307
msgid ""
"Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file. This "
"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the file referenced with B<--"
"pidfile> after terminating the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:310
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:322
msgid ""
"The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
"possible that nothing had to be done.  This can happen when B<--start> was "
"specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
"specified and there were no matching processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:327
msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:335
msgid ""
"If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
"reached and the processes were still running."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:335 start-stop-daemon.8:347
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<3>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:338
msgid "Any other error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:341
msgid ""
"When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:344
msgid "Program is running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:347
msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:350
msgid "Program is not running."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<4>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:353
msgid "Unable to determine program status."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:357
msgid ""
"Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
"food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n"
"\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\e\n"
"\t--chuid food -- --daemon\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:365
msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:369
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n"
"\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:372
msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:376
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n"
"\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: update-alternatives.8:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "update-alternatives"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: update-alternatives.8:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "2012-07-31"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:28
msgid ""
"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:32
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:37
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:45
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"to be installed on a single system at the same time.  For example, many "
"systems have several text editors installed at once.  This gives choice to "
"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:67
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem.  A generic name in "
"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
"functionality.  The alternatives system and the system administrator "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name.  "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1)  and B<nvi>(1)  are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
"to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:77
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative.  "
"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
"referenced.  This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this "
"is a Good Thing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:89
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
"information about that file in the alternatives system.  B<update-"
"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or B<prerm> "
"(remove and deconfigure) scripts in Debian packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:108
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
"B<vi>(1)  editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/"
"man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
"vi>.  B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too.  A "
"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:117
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"manual.  When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
"to update the links.  In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
"the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
"something is broken)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:126
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"system.  If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
"manual mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:133
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it.  When a link group is "
"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
"be those which have the highest priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:150
msgid ""
"When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
"alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'.  You will then be "
"prompted for your choice regarding this link group.  Depending on the choice "
"made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to "
"use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode (or you "
"can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:154
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:165
msgid ""
"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>.  "
"In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
"involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: update-alternatives.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:171
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"specific terms will help to explain its operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:177
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"to one of a number of files of similar function."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:180
msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:184
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"via a generic name using the alternatives system."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:189
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:196
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"alternatives>' state information."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:199
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:203
msgid ""
"The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
"the group are configured."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:207
msgid ""
"An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
"the master link."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:213
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
"for the group."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:218
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"any changes to the system administrator's settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:239
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system.  I<link> is the generic name for "
"the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
"directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
"link.  The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
"the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link.  Zero "
"or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
"specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
"fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
"alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
"displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
"be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:250
msgid ""
"If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
"system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
"alternatives for the group.  Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
"will be added with this information.  If the group is in automatic mode, and "
"the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
"alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
"newly added alternatives."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:259
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:259
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:280
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links.  I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
"group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
"alternative left.  Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
"correspondingly.  If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
"are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:285
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links.  I<name> is "
"a name in the alternatives directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:292
msgid ""
"Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
"skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
"in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed.  Thus a simple "
"way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes \\[aq]\\[aq] | update-"
"alternatives --force --all>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:299
msgid ""
"Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode.  "
"In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
"the highest priority installed alternatives."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:308
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group.  Information displayed includes "
"the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the master link "
"currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their "
"corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative "
"currently installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--get-selections>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:316
msgid ""
"List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group)  and "
"their status. Each line contains up to 3 fields (separated by one or more "
"spaces). The first field is the alternative name, the second one is the "
"status (either \"auto\" or \"manual\"), and the last one contains the "
"current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and thus might "
"contain spaces)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:321
msgid ""
"Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
"by B<update-alternatives --get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:326
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group like --display does, but in a "
"machine parseable way (see section B<QUERY FORMAT> below)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:326
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:329
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:329
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:333
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:345
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:349
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log>I< file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:353
msgid ""
"Specifies the log file, when this is to be different from the default (/var/"
"log/alternatives.log)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:357
msgid ""
"Let B<update-alternatives> replace or drop any real file that is installed "
"where an alternative link has to be installed or removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:357
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:362
msgid ""
"Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
"automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:362
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:367
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:370
msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:375
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:379
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"action."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:385
msgid ""
"If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
"as the base administrative directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:387
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:393
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory.  Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:393
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:399
msgid ""
"The default administration directory.  Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: update-alternatives.8:400
#, no-wrap
msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:405
msgid ""
"The B<update-alternatives --query> format is using an RFC822-like flat "
"format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of "
"alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block contains "
"the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Name:>I< name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:408
msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Link:>I< link>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:411
msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:411 update-alternatives.8:437
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:417
msgid ""
"When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:417
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Status:>I< status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:420
msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:420
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:424
msgid ""
"The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
"is no alternatives available."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:428
msgid ""
"The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
"value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link group:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:431
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:434
msgid "Path to this block's alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:434
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:437
msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:443
msgid ""
"When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:444
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Example>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:459
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
"Name: editor\n"
"Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
"Slaves:\n"
" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
"Status: auto\n"
"Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
"Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
"Priority: -100\n"
"Slaves:\n"
" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:473
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
"Priority: 50\n"
"Slaves:\n"
" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:485
msgid ""
"With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
"activities on its standard output channel.  If problems occur, B<update-"
"alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
"returns an exit status of 2.  These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
"if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:491
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the "
"link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
"associated manpage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:494
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:497
msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:501
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"then select a number from the list:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:504
msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:508
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"as root:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:511
msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:515
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, 文件系统层次结构标准。"